Add a testcase for PR ld/13839
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
aea77599 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 11@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
42@ifset Blackfin
43@set Blackfin
44@end ifset
252b5132
RH
45@ifset BOUT
46@set aout-bout
47@end ifset
48@ifset H8/300
49@set H8
50@end ifset
252b5132
RH
51@ifset SH
52@set H8
53@end ifset
54@ifset HPPA
55@set abnormal-separator
56@end ifset
57@c ------------
58@ifset GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS}
60@end ifset
61@ifclear GENERIC
62@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
63@end ifclear
64@setchapternewpage odd
65@c %**end of header
66
67@c @smallbook
68@c @set SMALL
69@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
70@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
71@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
72@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
75@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
76@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
77@c break.
01642c12 78@c
252b5132
RH
79@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
80@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
81@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
82@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 83@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
84@ifinfo
85@set SMALL
86@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
87@c might as well show 'em anyways.
88@end ifinfo
89
9160ea82
AM
90@ifnottex
91@dircategory Software development
92@direntry
252b5132 93* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 94* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
95@end direntry
96@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
97
98@finalout
99@syncodeindex ky cp
100
0e9517a9 101@copying
252b5132
RH
102This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
103
0285c67d 104@c man begin COPYRIGHT
9fbcbd81 105Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1062000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
107Inc.
252b5132 108
0285c67d 109Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 110under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
111or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
112with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
113Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 114section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
115
116@c man end
0e9517a9 117@end copying
252b5132
RH
118
119@titlepage
120@title Using @value{AS}
121@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
122@ifclear GENERIC
123@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
124@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
125@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
126@sp 1
127@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
128@end ifset
252b5132
RH
129@sp 1
130@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
131@sp 1
132@sp 13
b45619c0 133The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 134Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 135first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
136The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
137distracting the boss while they got some work
138done.
139@sp 3
140@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
141@page
142@tex
143{\parskip=0pt
144\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
145\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
146}
147%"boxit" macro for figures:
148%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
149\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
150 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
151#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
152\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
153@end tex
154
155@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
9fbcbd81 156Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
7c31ae13
NC
1572000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation,
158Inc.
252b5132 159
cf055d54 160 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 161 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
162 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
163 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
164 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 165 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 166
252b5132 167@end titlepage
4ecceb71 168@contents
252b5132 169
2e64b665 170@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
171@node Top
172@top Using @value{AS}
173
e49e529d
JM
174This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
175@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
176@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
177@end ifset
178version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 179@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 180This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
181code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
182@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
183
184This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
185Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 186section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 187
252b5132
RH
188@menu
189* Overview:: Overview
190* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
191* Syntax:: Syntax
192* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
193* Symbols:: Symbols
194* Expressions:: Expressions
195* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
196@ifset ELF
197* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
198@end ifset
252b5132
RH
199* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
200* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
201* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 202* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 203* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 204@end menu
2e64b665 205@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
206
207@node Overview
208@chapter Overview
209@iftex
a4fb0134 210This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 211@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 212This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
213code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
214@end ifclear
215@end iftex
216
217@cindex invocation summary
218@cindex option summary
219@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 220Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 221see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 222
0285c67d
NC
223@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
224
a4fb0134 225@ignore
0285c67d
NC
226@c man begin SEEALSO
227gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
228@c man end
a4fb0134 229@end ignore
0285c67d 230
252b5132
RH
231@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
232@c to be limited to one line for the header.
233@smallexample
0285c67d 234@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 235@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 236 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 237 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
238 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
239 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
240 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
241 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
242 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
243 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
244 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79 245 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
21be61f5 246 [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
247 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
248 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
249@c
250@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 251@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
252@ifset ALPHA
253
254@emph{Target Alpha options:}
255 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
256 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 257 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
258 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
259 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
260@end ifset
252b5132 261@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
262
263@emph{Target ARC options:}
264 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
265 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
266@end ifset
267@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
268
269@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 270@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
271 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
272 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
273 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
274 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 275 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 276 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
277 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
278 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
279 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 280 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 281@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
282@ifset Blackfin
283
284@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
285 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
286 [@b{-mfdpic}]
287 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
288 [@b{-mnopic}]
289@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
290@ifset CRIS
291
292@emph{Target CRIS options:}
293 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
294 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
295 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 296 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
297@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
298@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
299@end ifset
252b5132 300@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
301
302@emph{Target D10V options:}
303 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
304@end ifset
305@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
306
307@emph{Target D30V options:}
308 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 309@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
310@ifset EPIPHANY
311
312@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
313 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
314@end ifset
252b5132 315@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
316
317@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
318 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
319@end ifset
320@ifset HPPA
321@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
322@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
323@ifset I80386
324
325@emph{Target i386 options:}
351f65ca 326 [@b{--32}|@b{--n32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 327 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
328@end ifset
329@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
330
331@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 332@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
333 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
334 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
335 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 336@end ifset
587fe2b3 337@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 338
9e32ca89
NC
339@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
340 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
341 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
342 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 343 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 344 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 345 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
346 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
347@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
348@ifset IP2K
349
350@emph{Target IP2K options:}
351 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
352@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
353@ifset M32C
354
355@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 356 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 357@end ifset
587fe2b3 358@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 359
a4fb0134
SC
360@emph{Target M32R options:}
361 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 362 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 363@end ifset
252b5132 364@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
365
366@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
367 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 368@end ifset
60bcf0fa 369@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
370
371@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
d01030e6 372 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
2f904664
SC
373 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
374 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 375 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
376 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
377 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
378@end ifset
379@ifset MCORE
380
381@emph{Target MCORE options:}
382 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
383 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 384@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
385@ifset MICROBLAZE
386@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
387@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
388@end ifset
252b5132 389@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
390
391@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 392 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 393 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 394 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
395 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
396 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 397 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 398 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
399 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
400 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 401 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 402 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 403 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 404 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 405 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 406 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 407 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 408 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 409 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
2babba43
MR
410 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
411 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
412 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 413 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 414 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
415@end ifset
416@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
417
418@emph{Target MMIX options:}
419 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
420 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
421 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 422 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
423@end ifset
424@ifset PDP11
425
426@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
427 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
428 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 429 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
430@end ifset
431@ifset PJ
432
433@emph{Target picoJava options:}
434 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
435@end ifset
436@ifset PPC
437
438@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
439 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
440 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
441 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599
AM
442 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
443 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
b8b738ac
AM
444 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpw7}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
445 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}]
a4fb0134 446 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
447 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
448 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 449 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 450 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 451@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
452@ifset RX
453
454@emph{Target RX options:}
455 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
456 [@b{-m32bit-ints}|@b{-m16bit-ints}]
457 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
458@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
459@ifset S390
460
461@emph{Target s390 options:}
462 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
463 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
464 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
465@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
466@ifset SCORE
467
468@emph{Target SCORE options:}
469 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
470 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
471 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
472 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
473@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
474@ifset SPARC
475
476@emph{Target SPARC options:}
477@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
478 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
479 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
480 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
481 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
482@end ifset
483@ifset TIC54X
484
485@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 486 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
487 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
488@end ifset
3c9b82ba 489
40b36596
JM
490@ifset TIC6X
491
492@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
493 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
494 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
495 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 496@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
497@ifset TILEGX
498
499@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 500 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
501@end ifset
502@ifset TILEPRO
503@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
504@end ifset
40b36596 505
2d8b84ae
SA
506@ifset XTENSA
507
508@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
509 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
510 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
511 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
512 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
513@end ifset
514
3c9b82ba
NC
515@ifset Z80
516
517@emph{Target Z80 options:}
518 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
519 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
520 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
521 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
522 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
523 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
524 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
525@end ifset
526
a4fb0134
SC
527@ifset Z8000
528@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 529@end ifset
e0001a05 530
0285c67d 531@c man end
252b5132
RH
532@end smallexample
533
0285c67d
NC
534@c man begin OPTIONS
535
a4fb0134 536@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 537@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 538
83f10cb2 539@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
540Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
541
a4fb0134 542@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
543@item -ac
544omit false conditionals
545
546@item -ad
547omit debugging directives
548
83f10cb2
NC
549@item -ag
550include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
551
252b5132
RH
552@item -ah
553include high-level source
554
555@item -al
556include assembly
557
558@item -am
559include macro expansions
560
561@item -an
562omit forms processing
563
564@item -as
565include symbols
566
567@item =file
568set the name of the listing file
569@end table
570
571You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
572listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
573the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
574
caa32fe5 575@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
576Begin in alternate macro mode.
577@ifclear man
578@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
579@end ifclear
caa32fe5 580
955974c6
CC
581@item --compress-debug-sections
582Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
583to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
584compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
585
586@item --nocompress-debug-sections
587Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
588
252b5132
RH
589@item -D
590Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
591other assemblers.
592
3d6b762c
JM
593@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
594When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
595information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
596
252b5132
RH
597@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
598Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
599@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
600indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
601value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
602use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
603
604@item -f
605``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
606compiler output).
607
329e276d
NC
608@item -g
609@itemx --gen-debug
610Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
611debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
612ECOFF or DWARF2.
613
252b5132
RH
614@item --gstabs
615Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
616may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
617
05da4302
NC
618@item --gstabs+
619Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
620extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
621debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
622may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
623the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
624
329e276d 625@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 626Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 627may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 628option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 629
21be61f5
L
630@item --size-check=error
631@itemx --size-check=warning
632Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
633
252b5132
RH
634@item --help
635Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
636
ea20a7da
CC
637@item --target-help
638Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
639
252b5132
RH
640@item -I @var{dir}
641Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
642
643@item -J
644Don't warn about signed overflow.
645
646@item -K
647@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
648This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
649@end ifclear
650@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
651Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
652@end ifset
653
654@item -L
655@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
656Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
657system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
658or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
659@ifclear man
660@xref{Symbol Names}.
661@end ifclear
252b5132 662
c3a27914
NC
663@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
664Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
665listing to @var{number}.
666
667@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
668Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
669lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
670
671@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
672Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
673@var{number} bytes.
674
675@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
676Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
677to @var{number} + 1.
678
252b5132 679@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 680Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
681
682@item -R
683Fold the data section into the text section.
684
4bdd3565
NC
685@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
686Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
687@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
688assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
689memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
690requirements at the expense of speed.
691
692@item --reduce-memory-overheads
693This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
694assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
695@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
696
252b5132
RH
697@item --statistics
698Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
699assembly.
700
701@item --strip-local-absolute
702Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
703
704@item -v
705@itemx -version
a4fb0134 706Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
707
708@item --version
a4fb0134 709Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
710
711@item -W
2bdd6cf5 712@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
713Suppress warning messages.
714
2bdd6cf5
GK
715@item --fatal-warnings
716Treat warnings as errors.
717
718@item --warn
719Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
720
252b5132
RH
721@item -w
722Ignored.
723
724@item -x
725Ignored.
726
727@item -Z
728Generate an object file even after errors.
729
730@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
731Standard input, or source files to assemble.
732
733@end table
2a633939
JM
734@c man end
735
736@ifset ALPHA
737
738@ifclear man
739@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
740for an Alpha processor.
741@end ifclear
742
743@ifset man
744@c man begin OPTIONS
745The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
746processor.
747@c man end
748@c man begin INCLUDE
749@include c-alpha.texi
750@c ended inside the included file
751@end ifset
752
753@end ifset
252b5132 754
2a633939 755@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
756@ifset ARC
757The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
758an ARC processor.
759
a4fb0134 760@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
761@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
762This option selects the core processor variant.
763@item -EB | -EL
764Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
765@end table
766@end ifset
767
768@ifset ARM
769The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
770processor family.
771
a4fb0134 772@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 773@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 774Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 775@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 776Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 777@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 778Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
779@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
780Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
781@item -mthumb
782Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 783@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
784Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
785@item -EB | -EL
786Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
787@item -mthumb-interwork
788Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
789ARM code in mind.
790@item -k
791Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
792@end table
793@end ifset
635fb38d 794@c man end
252b5132 795
9982501a 796@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
797
798@ifclear man
799@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
800configured for the Blackfin processor family.
801@end ifclear
802
803@ifset man
804@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
805The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
806the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
807@c man end
808@c man begin INCLUDE
809@include c-bfin.texi
810@c ended inside the included file
811@end ifset
9982501a 812
9982501a
JZ
813@end ifset
814
635fb38d 815@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
816@ifset CRIS
817See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
818@end ifset
819
252b5132
RH
820@ifset D10V
821The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
822a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 823@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
824@cindex D10V optimization
825@cindex optimization, D10V
826@item -O
827Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
828@end table
829@end ifset
830
831@ifset D30V
832The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
833processor.
a4fb0134 834@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
835@cindex D30V optimization
836@cindex optimization, D30V
837@item -O
838Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
839
840@cindex D30V nops
841@item -n
842Warn when nops are generated.
843
844@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
845@item -N
846Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
847@end table
848@end ifset
731caf76
L
849@c man end
850
cfb8c092
NC
851@ifset EPIPHANY
852The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
853Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
854
56b13185
JR
855@ifclear man
856@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
857configured for an Epiphany processor.
858@end ifclear
cfb8c092 859
56b13185
JR
860@ifset man
861@c man begin OPTIONS
862The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
863an Epiphany processor.
864@c man end
865@c man begin INCLUDE
866@include c-epiphany.texi
867@c ended inside the included file
868@end ifset
cfb8c092 869
cfb8c092
NC
870@end ifset
871
731caf76 872@ifset I80386
252b5132 873
731caf76
L
874@ifclear man
875@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
876configured for an i386 processor.
877@end ifclear
878
879@ifset man
880@c man begin OPTIONS
881The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
882an i386 processor.
883@c man end
884@c man begin INCLUDE
885@include c-i386.texi
886@c ended inside the included file
887@end ifset
888
889@end ifset
890
891@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
892@ifset I960
893The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
894Intel 80960 processor.
895
a4fb0134 896@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
897@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
898Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
899
900@item -b
901Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
902
903@item -no-relax
904Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
905error if necessary.
906
907@end table
908@end ifset
909
a40cbfa3
NC
910@ifset IP2K
911The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 912Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
913
914@table @gcctabopt
915
916@item -mip2022ext
917Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
918
919@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 920Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
921just the basic IP2022 ones.
922
923@end table
924@end ifset
925
49f58d10
JB
926@ifset M32C
927The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
928Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
929
930@table @gcctabopt
931
932@item -m32c
933Assemble M32C instructions.
934
935@item -m16c
936Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
937
c54b5932
DD
938@item -relax
939Enable support for link-time relaxations.
940
941@item -h-tick-hex
942Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
943
49f58d10
JB
944@end table
945@end ifset
946
ec694b89
NC
947@ifset M32R
948The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 949Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 950
a4fb0134 951@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
952
953@item --m32rx
954Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
955is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
956
957@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
958Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 959encountered.
ec694b89
NC
960
961@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
962Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
963encountered.
ec694b89
NC
964
965@end table
966@end ifset
252b5132
RH
967
968@ifset M680X0
969The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
970Motorola 68000 series.
971
a4fb0134 972@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
973
974@item -l
975Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
976
0285c67d
NC
977@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
978@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
979@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
980Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
981is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
982
983@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
984The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
985The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
986the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
987two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
988coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
989
990@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
991The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
992unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
993
994@end table
995@end ifset
996
e135f41b
NC
997@ifset PDP11
998
999For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1000see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1001
a4fb0134 1002@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1003@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1004Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1005default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1006
1007@item -mall
1008@itemx -mall-extensions
1009Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1010
1011@item -mno-extensions
1012Disable all instruction set extensions.
1013
1014@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1015Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1016
1017@item -m@var{cpu}
1018Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1019disable all other extensions.
1020
1021@item -m@var{machine}
1022Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1023model, and disable all other extensions.
1024@end table
1025
1026@end ifset
1027
041dd5a9
ILT
1028@ifset PJ
1029The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1030a picoJava processor.
1031
a4fb0134 1032@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1033
1034@cindex PJ endianness
1035@cindex endianness, PJ
1036@cindex big endian output, PJ
1037@item -mb
1038Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1039
1040@cindex little endian output, PJ
1041@item -ml
1042Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1043
1044@end table
1045@end ifset
1046
60bcf0fa
NC
1047@ifset M68HC11
1048The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1049Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1050
a4fb0134 1051@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1052
d01030e6 1053@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
60bcf0fa
NC
1054Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1055defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1056
2f904664
SC
1057@item -mshort
1058Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1059
1060@item -mlong
01642c12 1061Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1062
1063@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1064Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1065
1066@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1067Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1068
1370e33d 1069@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1070Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1071conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1072sub routine.
1073
1370e33d
NC
1074@item -S | --short-branches
1075Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1076when the offset is out of range.
1077
1078@item --strict-direct-mode
1079Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1080when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1081
1082@item --print-insn-syntax
1083Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1084
1085@item --print-opcodes
1086print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
1087
1088@item --generate-example
1089print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1090This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1091
1092@end table
1093@end ifset
1094
252b5132 1095@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1096The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1097for the SPARC architecture:
1098
a4fb0134 1099@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1100@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1101@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1102Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1103
1104@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1105@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1106
1107@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1108UltraSPARC extensions.
1109
1110@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1111For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1112equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1113
1114@item -bump
1115Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1116@end table
1117@end ifset
1118
39bec121
TW
1119@ifset TIC54X
1120The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1121architecture.
39bec121 1122
a4fb0134 1123@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1124@item -mfar-mode
1125Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1126extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1127@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1128Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1129@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1130Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1131behaviour in the shell.
1132@end table
1133@end ifset
1134
252b5132
RH
1135@ifset MIPS
1136The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 1137a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 1138
a4fb0134 1139@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1140@item -G @var{num}
1141This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1142implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1143use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1144
1145@cindex MIPS endianness
1146@cindex endianness, MIPS
1147@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1148@item -EB
1149Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1150
1151@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1152@item -EL
1153Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1154
1155@cindex MIPS ISA
1156@item -mips1
1157@itemx -mips2
1158@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1159@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1160@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1161@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1162@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1163@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1164@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1165Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1166@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1167alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1168@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1169@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1170@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1171correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1172@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1173and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1174ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1175
1176@item -march=@var{CPU}
1177Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1178
1179@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1180Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1181
1182@item -mfix7000
1183@itemx -mno-fix7000
1184Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1185of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1186
ecb4347a
DJ
1187@item -mdebug
1188@itemx -no-mdebug
1189Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1190section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1191
dcd410fe
RO
1192@item -mpdr
1193@itemx -mno-pdr
1194Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1195
437ee9d5
TS
1196@item -mgp32
1197@itemx -mfp32
1198The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1199flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1200all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1201and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1202
1203@item -mips16
1204@itemx -no-mips16
1205Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1206@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1207turns off this option.
252b5132 1208
df58fc94
RS
1209@item -mmicromips
1210@itemx -mno-micromips
1211Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1212@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1213turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1214at the start of the assembly file.
1215
e16bfa71
TS
1216@item -msmartmips
1217@itemx -mno-smartmips
1218Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1219equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1220@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1221
1f25f5d3
CD
1222@item -mips3d
1223@itemx -no-mips3d
1224Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1225This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1226@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1227
deec1734
CD
1228@item -mdmx
1229@itemx -no-mdmx
1230Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1231This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1232@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1233
2ef2b9ae
CF
1234@item -mdsp
1235@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1236Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1237This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1238@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1239
8b082fb1
TS
1240@item -mdspr2
1241@itemx -mno-dspr2
1242Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1243This option implies -mdsp.
1244This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1245@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1246
ef2e4d86
CF
1247@item -mmt
1248@itemx -mno-mt
1249Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1250This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1251@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1252
dec0624d
MR
1253@item -mmcu
1254@itemx -mno-mcu
1255Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1256This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1257@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1258
437ee9d5
TS
1259@item --construct-floats
1260@itemx --no-construct-floats
1261The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1262double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1263value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1264the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1265selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1266
1267@cindex emulation
1268@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1269This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1270for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1271between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1272debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1273endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1274@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1275@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1276of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1277the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1278in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1279selection in any case.
1280
1281This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1282@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1283Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1284@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1285the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1286configuration includes support for both.
1287
1288Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1289fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1290more processors.
1291
1292@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1293@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1294the native tools.
1295
252b5132
RH
1296@item --trap
1297@itemx --no-trap
1298@itemx --break
1299@itemx --no-break
1300Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1301@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1302(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1303@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1304break exception.
63486801
L
1305
1306@item -n
a4fb0134 1307When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1308time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1309@end table
1310@end ifset
1311
1312@ifset MCORE
1313The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1314an MCore processor.
1315
a4fb0134 1316@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1317@item -jsri2bsr
1318@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1319Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1320The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1321
1322@item -sifilter
1323@itemx -nosifilter
1324Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1325The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1326
1327@item -relax
1328Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1329
ec694b89
NC
1330@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1331Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1332can be assembled.
1333
1334@item -EB
1335Assemble for a big endian target.
1336
1337@item -EL
1338Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1339
1340@end table
1341@end ifset
1342
3c3bdf30
NC
1343@ifset MMIX
1344See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1345@end ifset
1346
635fb38d 1347@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1348@ifset PPC
1349
1350@ifclear man
1351@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1352for a PowerPC processor.
1353@end ifclear
1354
1355@ifset man
1356@c man begin OPTIONS
1357The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1358PowerPC processor.
1359@c man end
1360@c man begin INCLUDE
1361@include c-ppc.texi
1362@c ended inside the included file
1363@end ifset
1364
1365@end ifset
1366
635fb38d 1367@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1368@ifset RX
1369See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1370@end ifset
1371
11c19e16
MS
1372@ifset S390
1373The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1374processor family.
1375
1376@table @gcctabopt
1377@item -m31
1378@itemx -m64
1379Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1380@item -mesa
1381@item -mzarch
1382Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1383Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1384@item -march=@var{processor}
1385Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
1386@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, or @samp{z10}.
1387@item -mregnames
1388@itemx -mno-regnames
1389Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1390@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1391Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1392but evaluates to zero.
1393@end table
1394@end ifset
2a633939 1395@c man end
11c19e16 1396
40b36596 1397@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1398
1399@ifclear man
1400@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1401for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1402@end ifclear
1403
1404@ifset man
1405@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1406The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1407TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1408@c man end
1409@c man begin INCLUDE
1410@include c-tic6x.texi
1411@c ended inside the included file
1412@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1413
1414@end ifset
1415
aa137e4d
NC
1416@ifset TILEGX
1417
1418@ifclear man
1419@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1420for a TILE-Gx processor.
1421@end ifclear
1422
1423@ifset man
1424@c man begin OPTIONS
1425The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1426processor.
1427@c man end
1428@c man begin INCLUDE
1429@include c-tilegx.texi
1430@c ended inside the included file
1431@end ifset
1432
1433@end ifset
1434
e0001a05 1435@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1436
2d8b84ae
SA
1437@ifclear man
1438@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1439for an Xtensa processor.
1440@end ifclear
1441
1442@ifset man
1443@c man begin OPTIONS
1444The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1445Xtensa processor.
1446@c man end
1447@c man begin INCLUDE
1448@include c-xtensa.texi
1449@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1450@end ifset
1451
2d8b84ae
SA
1452@end ifset
1453
1454@c man begin OPTIONS
1455
3c9b82ba
NC
1456@ifset Z80
1457The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1458a Z80 family processor.
1459@table @gcctabopt
1460@item -z80
1461Assemble for Z80 processor.
1462@item -r800
1463Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1464@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1465@itemx -Wnud
1466Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1467@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1468@itemx -Wnup
1469Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1470@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1471@itemx -Wud
1472Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1473@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1474@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1475Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1476@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1477@itemx -Fud
1478Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1479@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1480@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1481Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1482@end table
1483@end ifset
1484
0285c67d
NC
1485@c man end
1486
252b5132
RH
1487@menu
1488* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1489* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1490* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1491* Command Line:: Command Line
1492* Input Files:: Input Files
1493* Object:: Output (Object) File
1494* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1495@end menu
1496
1497@node Manual
1498@section Structure of this Manual
1499
1500@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1501This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1502@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1503notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1504@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1505
1506@ifclear GENERIC
1507We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1508configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1509@end ifclear
1510@ifset GENERIC
1511This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1512various flavors of the assembler.
1513@end ifset
1514
1515@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1516On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1517to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1518In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1519architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1520mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1521particular architecture.
1522@ifset GENERIC
1523You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1524machine architecture manual for this information.
1525@end ifset
1526@ifclear GENERIC
1527@ifset H8/300
1528For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1529Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1530Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1531@end ifset
252b5132 1532@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1533For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1534see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1535@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1536@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1537@end ifset
1538@ifset Z8000
1539For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1540@end ifset
1541@end ifclear
1542
1543@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1544@ignore
1545Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1546the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1547Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1548computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1549once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1550qualification.
1551
a4fb0134 1552@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1553human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1554computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1555@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1556@end ignore
1557
1558@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1559@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1560@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1561@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1562@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1563@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1564@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1565@c directives).
1566
1567@node GNU Assembler
1568@section The GNU Assembler
1569
0285c67d
NC
1570@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1571
a4fb0134 1572@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1573@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1574This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1575configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1576@end ifclear
1577If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1578should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1579architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1580including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1581@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1582
1583@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1584@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1585@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1586@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1587assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1588machine would assemble.
1589@ifset VAX
1590Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1591@end ifset
1592@ifset M680X0
1593@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1594@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1595This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1596assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1597incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1598@end ifset
1599
0285c67d
NC
1600@c man end
1601
a4fb0134 1602Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1603program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1604@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1605
1606@node Object Formats
1607@section Object File Formats
1608
1609@cindex object file format
1610The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1611object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1612write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1613are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1614Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1615@ifclear GENERIC
1616@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1617For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1618@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1619@end ifclear
1620@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1621@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1622On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1623@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1624@end ifset
1625@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1626On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1627SOM or ELF format object files.
1628@end ifset
1629@end ifclear
1630
1631@node Command Line
1632@section Command Line
1633
1634@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1635
a4fb0134 1636After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1637options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1638before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1639significant.
1640
1641@cindex standard input, as input file
1642@kindex --
1643@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1644explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1645
1646@cindex options, command line
1647Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1648hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1649@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1650option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1651the letter is important. All options are optional.
1652
1653Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1654name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1655with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1656standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1657
1658@smallexample
1659@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1660@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1661@end smallexample
1662
1663@node Input Files
1664@section Input Files
1665
1666@cindex input
1667@cindex source program
1668@cindex files, input
1669We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1670describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1671be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1672doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1673
1674@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1675@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1676The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1677order specified.
1678
0285c67d 1679@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1680Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1681program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1682(The standard input is also a file.)
1683
a4fb0134 1684You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1685names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1686command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1687is taken to be an input file name.
1688
a4fb0134
SC
1689If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1690from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1691may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1692to assemble.
1693
1694Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1695in your command line.
1696
a4fb0134 1697If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1698file.
1699
0285c67d
NC
1700@c man end
1701
252b5132
RH
1702@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1703
1704@cindex input file linenumbers
1705@cindex line numbers, in input files
1706There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1707either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1708number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1709``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1710
1711@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1712to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1713
1714@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1715directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1716error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1717is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1718@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1719@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1720
1721@node Object
1722@section Output (Object) File
1723
1724@cindex object file
1725@cindex output file
1726@kindex a.out
1727@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1728Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1729your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1730is the object file. Its default name is
1731@ifclear BOUT
1732@code{a.out}.
1733@end ifclear
1734@ifset BOUT
1735@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1736@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1737@end ifset
a4fb0134 1738@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1739@end ifset
a4fb0134 1740You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1741object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1742reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1743directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1744possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1745
1746@cindex linker
1747@kindex ld
1748The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1749assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1750the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1751information for the debugger.
1752
1753@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1754@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1755
1756@node Errors
1757@section Error and Warning Messages
1758
0285c67d
NC
1759@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1760
a349d9dd 1761@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1762@cindex warning messages
1763@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1764@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1765file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1766runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1767that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1768grave problem that stops the assembly.
1769
0285c67d
NC
1770@c man end
1771
252b5132
RH
1772@cindex format of warning messages
1773Warning messages have the format
1774
1775@smallexample
1776file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1777@end smallexample
1778
1779@noindent
1780@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1781(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1782(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1783the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1784@ifset GENERIC
1785(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1786@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1787then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1788otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1789message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1790tradition).
1791
1792@cindex format of error messages
1793Error messages have the format
1794@smallexample
1795file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1796@end smallexample
1797The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1798messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1799because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1800
1801@node Invoking
1802@chapter Command-Line Options
1803
1804@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1805This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1806versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1807for options specific
252b5132 1808@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1809to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1810@end ifclear
1811@ifset GENERIC
1812to particular machine architectures.
1813@end ifset
1814
0285c67d
NC
1815@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1816
c1253627 1817If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1818you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1819The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1820by commas. For example:
1821
1822@smallexample
1823gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1824@end smallexample
1825
1826@noindent
1827This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1828standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1829local symbols in the symbol table).
1830
1831Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1832command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1833(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1834precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1835assembler.)
1836
0285c67d
NC
1837@c man end
1838
252b5132 1839@menu
83f10cb2 1840* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1841* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1842* D:: -D for compatibility
1843* f:: -f to work faster
1844* I:: -I for .include search path
1845@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1846* K:: -K for compatibility
1847@end ifclear
1848@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1849* K:: -K for difference tables
1850@end ifset
1851
ba83aca1 1852* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1853* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1854* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1855* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1856* o:: -o to name the object file
1857* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1858* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1859* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1860* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1861* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1862* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1863@end menu
1864
1865@node a
83f10cb2 1866@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1867
1868@kindex -a
1869@kindex -ac
1870@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1871@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1872@kindex -ah
1873@kindex -al
1874@kindex -an
1875@kindex -as
1876@cindex listings, enabling
1877@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1878
1879These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1880@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1881You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1882@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1883@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1884@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1885High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1886@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1887also.
1888
83f10cb2
NC
1889Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1890information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1891
252b5132
RH
1892Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1893which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1894other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1895omitted from the listing.
1896
1897Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1898listing.
1899
1900Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1901listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1902@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1903@code{.sbttl}.
1904The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1905If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1906listing-control directives have no effect.
1907
1908The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1909@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1910
96e9638b
BW
1911Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1912because it
c3a27914
NC
1913is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1914is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1915directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1916stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1917memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1918
caa32fe5
NC
1919@node alternate
1920@section @option{--alternate}
1921
1922@kindex --alternate
1923Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1924
252b5132 1925@node D
a4fb0134 1926@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1927
1928@kindex -D
1929This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1930likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1931@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1932
1933@node f
a4fb0134 1934@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1935
1936@kindex -f
1937@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1938@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1939@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1940(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1941and comment preprocessing on
1942the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1943,Preprocessing}.
1944
1945@quotation
1946@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1947preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1948not work correctly.
1949@end quotation
1950
1951@node I
c1253627 1952@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1953
1954@kindex -I @var{path}
1955@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1956@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1957@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1958Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1959@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1960directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1961many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1962working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1963searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1964specified (left to right) on the command line.
1965
1966@node K
a4fb0134 1967@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1968
1969@kindex -K
1970@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1971On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1972permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1973where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1974generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1975family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1976alteration on other platforms.
1977@end ifclear
1978
1979@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1980@cindex difference tables, warning
1981@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1982@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1983form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1984You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1985is done.
1986@end ifset
1987
1988@node L
ba83aca1 1989@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1990
1991@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1992@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1993Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1994@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1995called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
1996such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
1997programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
1998notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
1999such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2000
2001This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2002in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2003@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2004
c3a27914 2005@node listing
a4fb0134 2006@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2007
2008The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2009@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2010hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2011them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2012directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2013@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2014@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2015@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2016
a4fb0134 2017@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2018@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2019@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2020@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2021Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2022dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2023
2024@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2025@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2026@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2027Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2028a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2029the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2030switch is used the default is to one.
2031
2032@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2033@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2034@cindex Width of source line output
2035Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2036alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2037source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2038
2039@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2040@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2041@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2042Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2043displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2044@end table
2045
252b5132 2046@node M
a4fb0134 2047@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2048
2049@kindex -M
2050@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2051The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2052changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2053compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2054configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2055MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2056information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2057arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2058assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2059
2060The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2061depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2062file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2063individually. These are:
2064
2065@itemize @bullet
2066@item global symbols in common section
2067
2068The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2069Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2070common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2071symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2072symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2073
2074@item complex relocations
2075
2076The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2077relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2078are not support by other object file formats.
2079
2080@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2081
2082The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2083This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2084instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2085script.
2086
2087@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2088
2089The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2090name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2091
2092@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2093
2094The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2095address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2096which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2097not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2098assigned within a linker script.
2099@end itemize
2100
2101There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2102@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2103seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2104
2105@itemize @bullet
2106
2107@item EBCDIC strings
2108
2109EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2110
2111@item packed binary coded decimal
2112
2113Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2114and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2115
2116@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2117
2118The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2119
2120@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2121
2122The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2123
2124@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2125
2126The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2127@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2128relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2129these options serve no purpose.
2130
2131@item @code{OPT} list control options
2132
2133The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2134@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2135@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2136
2137@item other @code{OPT} options
2138
2139The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2140@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2141
2142@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2143
2144The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2145@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2146
2147@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2148
2149The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2150
2151@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2152
2153The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2154
2155@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2156
2157The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2158
2159@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2160
2161The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2162
2163@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2164
2165The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2166
2167@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2168
2169The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2170
2171@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2172
2173The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2174
2175@end itemize
2176
2177@node MD
c1253627 2178@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2179
2180@kindex --MD
2181@cindex dependency tracking
2182@cindex make rules
2183
a4fb0134 2184@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2185file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2186dependencies of the main source file.
2187
2188The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2189
2190This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2191
2192@node o
a4fb0134 2193@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2194
2195@kindex -o
2196@cindex naming object file
2197@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2198There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2199default it has the name
2200@ifset GENERIC
2201@ifset I960
2202@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2203@end ifset
2204@ifclear I960
2205@file{a.out}.
2206@end ifclear
2207@end ifset
2208@ifclear GENERIC
2209@ifset I960
2210@file{b.out}.
2211@end ifset
2212@ifclear I960
2213@file{a.out}.
2214@end ifclear
2215@end ifclear
2216You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2217object file a different name.
2218
a4fb0134 2219Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2220existing file of the same name.
2221
2222@node R
a4fb0134 2223@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2224
2225@kindex -R
2226@cindex data and text sections, joining
2227@cindex text and data sections, joining
2228@cindex joining text and data sections
2229@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2230@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2231data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2232the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2233section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2234your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2235appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2236
a4fb0134 2237When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2238address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2239data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2240older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2241
c1253627
NC
2242@ifset COFF-ELF
2243When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2244this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2245@samp{.data}.
2246@end ifset
2247
2248@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2249@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2250@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2251@end ifset
2252
2253@node statistics
a4fb0134 2254@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2255
2256@kindex --statistics
2257@cindex statistics, about assembly
2258@cindex time, total for assembly
2259@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2260Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2261@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2262(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2263seconds).
2264
2265@node traditional-format
c1253627 2266@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2267
2268@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2269For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2270from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2271@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2272
2273For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2274@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2275
2276@node v
a4fb0134 2277@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2278
2279@kindex -v
2280@kindex -version
2281@cindex assembler version
2282@cindex version of assembler
2283You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2284option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2285command line.
2286
2287@node W
a4fb0134 2288@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2289
a4fb0134 2290@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2291assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2292cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2293made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2294
c1253627
NC
2295@kindex -W
2296@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2297@cindex suppressing warnings
2298@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2299If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2300This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2301how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2302are still reported.
2303
c1253627 2304@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2305@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2306@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2307If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2308files that generate warnings to be in error.
2309
c1253627 2310@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2311@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2312You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2313causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2314
2315@node Z
a4fb0134 2316@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2317@cindex object file, after errors
2318@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2319After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2320some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2321@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2322option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2323writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2324errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2325
2326@node Syntax
2327@chapter Syntax
2328
2329@cindex machine-independent syntax
2330@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2331This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2332source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2333assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2334@ifclear VAX
2335assembler.
2336@end ifclear
2337@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2338assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2339@end ifset
2340
2341@menu
7c31ae13 2342* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2343* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2344* Comments:: Comments
2345* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2346* Statements:: Statements
2347* Constants:: Constants
2348@end menu
2349
2350@node Preprocessing
2351@section Preprocessing
2352
2353@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2354The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2355@itemize @bullet
2356@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2357@item
2358adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2359the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2360a single space.
2361
2362@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2363@item
2364removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2365appropriate number of newlines.
2366
2367@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2368@item
2369converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2370@end itemize
2371
2372It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2373anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2374do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2375(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2376to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2377@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2378Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2379
2380Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2381cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2382preprocessed.
2383
2384@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2385@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2386@kindex #NO_APP
2387@kindex #APP
2388If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2389@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2390Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2391specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2392text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2393@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2394@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2395and whitespace.
2396
2397@node Whitespace
2398@section Whitespace
2399
2400@cindex whitespace
2401@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2402Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2403people to read. Unless within character constants
2404(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2405as exactly one space.
2406
2407@node Comments
2408@section Comments
2409
2410@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2411There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2412cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2413
2414Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2415This means you may not nest these comments.
2416
2417@smallexample
2418/*
2419 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2420 is to use this sort of comment.
2421*/
2422
2423/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2424@end smallexample
2425
2426@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2427Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2428considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2429specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2430line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2431line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2432comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2433upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2434@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2435
2436If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2437special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2438to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2439
2440@kindex #
2441@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2442@cindex logical line numbers
2443To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2444special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2445expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2446line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2447new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2448
2449If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2450the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2451
2452@smallexample
2453 # This is an ordinary comment.
2454# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2455 # This is logical line # 36.
2456@end smallexample
2457This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2458of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2459
2460@node Symbol Intro
2461@section Symbols
2462
2463@cindex characters used in symbols
2464@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2465A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2466letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2467@samp{_.$}.
2468@end ifclear
2469@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2470@ifclear GENERIC
2471@ifset H8
2472A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2473letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2474@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2475symbol names.)
2476@end ifset
2477@end ifclear
2478@end ifset
2479@ifset GENERIC
2480On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2481are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2482@end ifset
2483No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
2484There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
2485delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2486(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
2487not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
2488@cindex length of symbols
2489
2490@node Statements
2491@section Statements
2492
2493@cindex statements, structure of
2494@cindex line separator character
2495@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2496
2497A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2498@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2499specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2500target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2501The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2502preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2503exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2504
2505@cindex newline, required at file end
2506@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2507It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2508character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2509
2510An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2511
2512@cindex instructions and directives
2513@cindex directives and instructions
2514@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2515@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2516@c 13feb91.
2517A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2518key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2519symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2520symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2521directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2522a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2523assembles into a machine language instruction.
2524@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2525Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2526recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2527represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2528language.@refill
2529@end ifset
2530
2531@cindex @code{:} (label)
2532@cindex label (@code{:})
2533A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2534Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2535have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2536
2537@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2538For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2539the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2540only one label may be defined on each line.
2541@end ifset
2542
2543@smallexample
2544label: .directive followed by something
2545another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2546 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2547@end smallexample
2548
2549@node Constants
2550@section Constants
2551
2552@cindex constants
2553A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2554inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2555@smallexample
2556@group
2557.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2558.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2559.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2560.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
256195028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2562@end group
2563@end smallexample
2564
2565@menu
2566* Characters:: Character Constants
2567* Numbers:: Number Constants
2568@end menu
2569
2570@node Characters
2571@subsection Character Constants
2572
2573@cindex character constants
2574@cindex constants, character
2575There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2576for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2577numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2578@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2579used in arithmetic expressions.
2580
2581@menu
2582* Strings:: Strings
2583* Chars:: Characters
2584@end menu
2585
2586@node Strings
2587@subsubsection Strings
2588
2589@cindex string constants
2590@cindex constants, string
2591A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2592double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2593into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2594a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2595one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2596@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2597(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2598escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2599
2600@cindex escape codes, character
2601@cindex character escape codes
2602@table @kbd
2603@c @item \a
2604@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2605@c
2606@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2607@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2608@item \b
2609Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2610
2611@c @item \e
2612@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2613@c
2614@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2615@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2616@item \f
2617Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2618
2619@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2620@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2621@item \n
2622Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2623
2624@c @item \p
2625@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2626@c
2627@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2628@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2629@item \r
2630Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2631
2632@c @item \s
2633@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2634@c other assemblers.
2635@c
2636@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2637@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2638@item \t
2639Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2640
2641@c @item \v
2642@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2643@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2644@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2645@c
2646@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2647@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2648@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2649An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2650For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2651for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2652
2653@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2654@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2655@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2656A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2657lower case @code{x} works.
2658
2659@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2660@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2661@item \\
2662Represents one @samp{\} character.
2663
2664@c @item \'
2665@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2666@c This is needed in single character literals
2667@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2668@c a @samp{'}.
2669@c
2670@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2671@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2672@item \"
2673Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2674this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2675
2676@item \ @var{anything-else}
2677Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2678assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2679you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2680interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2681other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2682code and warns you of the fact.
2683@end table
2684
2685Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2686varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2687the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2688compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2689sequence.
2690
2691@node Chars
2692@subsubsection Characters
2693
2694@cindex single character constant
2695@cindex character, single
2696@cindex constant, single character
2697A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2698followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2699to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2700must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2701@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2702grave accent. A newline
2703@ifclear GENERIC
2704@ifclear abnormal-separator
2705(or semicolon @samp{;})
2706@end ifclear
2707@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2708@ifset H8
2709(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2710Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2711@end ifset
2712@end ifset
2713@end ifclear
2714immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2715and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2716constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2717that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2718@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2719
2720@node Numbers
2721@subsection Number Constants
2722
2723@cindex constants, number
2724@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2725@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2726are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2727would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2728integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2729are floating point numbers, described below.
2730
2731@menu
2732* Integers:: Integers
2733* Bignums:: Bignums
2734* Flonums:: Flonums
2735@ifclear GENERIC
2736@ifset I960
2737* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2738@end ifset
2739@end ifclear
2740@end menu
2741
2742@node Integers
2743@subsubsection Integers
2744@cindex integers
2745@cindex constants, integer
2746
2747@cindex binary integers
2748@cindex integers, binary
2749A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2750the binary digits @samp{01}.
2751
2752@cindex octal integers
2753@cindex integers, octal
2754An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2755digits (@samp{01234567}).
2756
2757@cindex decimal integers
2758@cindex integers, decimal
2759A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2760more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2761
2762@cindex hexadecimal integers
2763@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2764A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2765more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2766
2767Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2768the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2769(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2770
2771@node Bignums
2772@subsubsection Bignums
2773
2774@cindex bignums
2775@cindex constants, bignum
2776A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2777except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2778represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2779integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2780
2781@node Flonums
2782@subsubsection Flonums
2783@cindex flonums
2784@cindex floating point numbers
2785@cindex constants, floating point
2786
2787@cindex precision, floating point
2788A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2789indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2790@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2791sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2792to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2793portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2794
2795A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2796@itemize @bullet
2797@item
2798The digit @samp{0}.
2799@ifset HPPA
2800(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2801@end ifset
2802
2803@item
a4fb0134 2804A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2805@ifset GENERIC
2806@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2807@ignore
2808@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2809(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
28104.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2811@end ignore
2812
7be1c489 2813On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2814and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2815one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2816
2817On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2818(in upper or lower case).
2819
2820On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2821one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2822
2823On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2824@end ifset
2825@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2826@ifset ARC
2827One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2828@end ifset
2829@ifset H8
2830One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2831@end ifset
2832@ifset HPPA
2833The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2834@end ifset
2835@ifset I960
2836One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2837@end ifset
2838@end ifclear
2839
2840@item
2841An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2842
2843@item
2844An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2845
2846@item
2847An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2848or more decimal digits.
2849
2850@item
2851An optional exponent, consisting of:
2852
2853@itemize @bullet
2854@item
2855An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2856@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2857@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2858@item
2859Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2860@item
2861One or more decimal digits.
2862@end itemize
2863
2864@end itemize
2865
2866At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2867present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2868
a4fb0134 2869@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2870independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2871@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2872
2873@ifclear GENERIC
2874@ifset I960
2875@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2876@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2877@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2878@node Bit Fields
2879@subsubsection Bit Fields
2880
2881@cindex bit fields
2882@cindex constants, bit field
2883You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2884Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2885@example
2886@var{mask}:@var{value}
2887@end example
2888@noindent
a4fb0134 2889@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2890@var{value}.
2891
2892The resulting number is then packed
2893@ifset GENERIC
2894@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2895(in host-dependent byte order)
2896@end ifset
2897into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2898bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2899requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2900more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2901least significant digits.@refill
2902
2903The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2904@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2905@end ifset
2906@end ifclear
2907
2908@node Sections
2909@chapter Sections and Relocation
2910@cindex sections
2911@cindex relocation
2912
2913@menu
2914* Secs Background:: Background
2915* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2916* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2917* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2918* bss:: bss Section
2919@end menu
2920
2921@node Secs Background
2922@section Background
2923
2924Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2925``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2926For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2927
2928@cindex linker, and assembler
2929@cindex assembler, and linker
2930The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2931combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2932emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2933@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2934different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2935oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2936sections.
2937
2938@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2939addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2940units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2941within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2942run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2943the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2944the proper run-time addresses.
2945@ifset H8
7be1c489 2946For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2947@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2948ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2949@end ifset
2950
2951@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2952An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2953of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2954@dfn{bss} sections.
2955
c1253627 2956@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2957@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2958When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2959@end ifset
a4fb0134 2960@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2961using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2962If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2963or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2964@end ifset
2965
2966@ifset HPPA
2967@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2968When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2969@end ifset
a4fb0134 2970@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2971specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2972@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2973(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2974assembler directives.
2975
2976@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2977Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2978text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2979is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2980BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2981@end ifset
2982@end ifset
2983
2984Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
2985data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
2986
2987@ifset HPPA
2988When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
2989section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
2990@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
2991@end ifset
2992
2993To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 2994relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
2995object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
2996@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
2997file is mentioned:
2998@itemize @bullet
2999@item
3000Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3001an address?
3002@item
3003How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3004@item
3005Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3006@display
3007(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3008@end display
3009@item
3010Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3011@end itemize
3012
3013@cindex addresses, format of
3014@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3015In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3016@display
3017(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3018@end display
3019@noindent
a4fb0134 3020Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3021nature.
3022@ifset SOM
3023(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3024symbol-relative instead.)
3025@end ifset
3026
3027In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3028@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3029
3030Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3031@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3032addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3033@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3034@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3035data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3036their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3037part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3038address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3039
3040The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3041address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3042rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3043Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3044address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3045common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3046time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3047
3048By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3049the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3050sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3051customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3052the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3053data and bss sections.
3054
3055Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3056use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3057
3058@node Ld Sections
3059@section Linker Sections
3060@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3061
3062@table @strong
3063
c1253627 3064@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3065@cindex named sections
3066@cindex sections, named
3067@item named sections
3068@end ifset
3069@ifset aout-bout
3070@cindex text section
3071@cindex data section
3072@itemx text section
3073@itemx data section
3074@end ifset
a4fb0134 3075These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3076separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3077true of another.
3078@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3079When the program is running, however, it is
3080customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3081text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3082instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3083program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3084in the data section.
c1253627 3085@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3086
3087@cindex bss section
3088@item bss section
3089This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3090is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3091each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3092out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3093bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3094those explicit zeros from object files.
3095
3096@cindex absolute section
3097@item absolute section
3098Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3099This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3100not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3101addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3102
3103@cindex undefined section
3104@item undefined section
3105This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3106the preceding sections.
3107@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3108@end table
3109
3110@cindex relocation example
3111An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3112@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3113The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3114@end ifset
3115Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3116
3117@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3118@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3119@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3120@smallexample
3121 +-----+----+--+
3122partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3123 +-----+----+--+
3124
3125 text data bss
3126 seg. seg. seg.
3127
3128 +---+---+---+
3129partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3130 +---+---+---+
3131
3132 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3133linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3134 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3135
3136 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3137@end smallexample
3138@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3139@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3140@need 5000
3141@tex
c1253627 3142\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3143\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3144\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3145\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3146
3147\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3148\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3149\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3150
3151\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3152\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3153\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3154ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3155DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3156
3157\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3158\line{0\dots\hfil}
3159
3160@end tex
3161@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3162
3163@node As Sections
3164@section Assembler Internal Sections
3165
3166@cindex internal assembler sections
3167@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3168These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3169have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3170sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3171warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3172meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3173value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3174section-relative address.
3175
3176@table @b
3177@cindex assembler internal logic error
3178@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3179An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3180bug in the assembler.
3181
3182@cindex expr (internal section)
3183@item expr section
3184The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3185symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3186it in the expr section.
3187@c FIXME item debug
3188@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3189@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3190@c FIXME item register
3191@end table
3192
3193@node Sub-Sections
3194@section Sub-Sections
3195
3196@cindex numbered subsections
3197@cindex grouping data
3198@ifset aout-bout
3199Assembled bytes
c1253627 3200@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3201conventionally
3202@end ifset
3203fall into two sections: text and data.
3204@end ifset
3205You may have separate groups of
3206@ifset GENERIC
3207data in named sections
3208@end ifset
3209@ifclear GENERIC
3210@ifclear aout-bout
3211data in named sections
3212@end ifclear
3213@ifset aout-bout
3214text or data
3215@end ifset
3216@end ifclear
3217that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3218are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3219use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3220numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3221same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3222subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3223section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3224assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3225section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3226constants being output.
3227
3228Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3229goes in subsection number zero.
3230
3231@ifset GENERIC
3232Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3233(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3234of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3235@end ifset
3236@ifclear GENERIC
3237@ifset H8
7be1c489 3238On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3239boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3240The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3241@end ifset
3242@ifset I960
3243@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3244@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3245@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3246@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3247@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3248@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3249@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3250@end ifclear
3251
3252Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3253to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3254The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3255other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3256They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3257data subsections as a data section.
3258
3259To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3260into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3261@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3262@ifset COFF
252b5132 3263@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3264When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3265@end ifset
3266@ifclear GENERIC
3267You
3268@end ifclear
3269can also use an extra subsection
3270argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3271@var{expression}}.
3272@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3273@ifset ELF
3274@ifset GENERIC
3275When generating ELF output, you
3276@end ifset
3277@ifclear GENERIC
3278You
3279@end ifclear
3280can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3281to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3282@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3283@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3284(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3285is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3286begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3287@smallexample
3288.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3289.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3290.text 1
3291.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3292.data 0
3293.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3294.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3295.text 0
3296.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3297.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3298@end smallexample
3299
3300Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3301assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3302restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3303counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3304@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3305current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3306assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3307
3308@node bss
3309@section bss Section
3310
3311@cindex bss section
3312@cindex common variable storage
3313The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3314You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3315not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3316your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3317section are zeroed bytes.
3318
3319The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3320@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3321
3322The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3323another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3324
3325@ifset GENERIC
3326When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3327COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3328see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3329section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3330@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3331@end ifset
3332
3333@node Symbols
3334@chapter Symbols
3335
3336@cindex symbols
3337Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3338things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3339to debug.
3340
3341@quotation
3342@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3343@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3344the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3345@end quotation
3346
3347@menu
3348* Labels:: Labels
3349* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3350* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3351* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3352* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3353@end menu
3354
3355@node Labels
3356@section Labels
3357
3358@cindex labels
3359A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3360@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3361active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3362operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3363different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3364definitions.
3365
3366@ifset HPPA
3367On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3368colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3369a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3370provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3371@end ifset
3372
3373@node Setting Symbols
3374@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3375
3376@cindex assigning values to symbols
3377@cindex symbol values, assigning
3378A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3379by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3380(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3381directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3382equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3383@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3384
f8739b83
JZ
3385@ifset Blackfin
3386Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3387@end ifset
3388
252b5132
RH
3389@node Symbol Names
3390@section Symbol Names
3391
3392@cindex symbol names
3393@cindex names, symbol
3394@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3395Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3396machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3397noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3398string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3399particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3400@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3401@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3402@ifset H8
3403Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3404Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3405character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3406on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3407@end ifset
3408@end ifset
3409
3410Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3411than @code{Foo}.
3412
3413Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3414refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3415in a program.
3416
3417@subheading Local Symbol Names
3418
3419@cindex local symbol names
3420@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3421A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3422By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3423@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3424set of local label prefixes.
3425@ifset HPPA
3426On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3427@end ifset
3428
3429Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3430normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3431You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3432@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3433
3434@subheading Local Labels
3435
3436@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3437@cindex temporary symbol names
3438@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3439Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3440They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3441the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3442To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3443represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3444definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3445you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3446@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3447for ``forwards''.
3448
3449There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3450too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3451the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3452defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3453definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3454noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3455implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3456
3457Here is an example:
3458
3459@smallexample
34601: branch 1f
34612: branch 1b
34621: branch 2f
34632: branch 1b
3464@end smallexample
3465
3466Which is the equivalent of:
3467
3468@smallexample
3469label_1: branch label_3
3470label_2: branch label_1
3471label_3: branch label_4
3472label_4: branch label_3
3473@end smallexample
3474
ba83aca1 3475Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3476transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3477The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3478are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3479these parts:
252b5132
RH
3480
3481@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3482@item @emph{local label prefix}
3483All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3484Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3485that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3486used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3487@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3488object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3489you may use them in debugging.
3490
2d5aaba0
NC
3491@item @var{number}
3492This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3493label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3494
2d5aaba0
NC
3495@item @kbd{C-B}
3496This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3497of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3498
3499@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3500This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3501@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3502number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3503the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3504@end table
3505
ba83aca1
BW
3506So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3507the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3508
3509@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3510@cindex dollar local symbols
3511
3512@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3513dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3514soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3515region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3516scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3517the same local label.
3518
3519Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3520except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3521@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3522
3523They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3524names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3525to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3526@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3527
3528@node Dot
3529@section The Special Dot Symbol
3530
3531@cindex dot (symbol)
3532@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3533@cindex current address
3534@cindex location counter
3535The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3536@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3537.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3538Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3539directive.
252b5132 3540@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3541Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3542@samp{.space 4}.
3543@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3544
3545@node Symbol Attributes
3546@section Symbol Attributes
3547
3548@cindex symbol attributes
3549@cindex attributes, symbol
3550Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3551``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3552attributes.
3553@ifset INTERNALS
3554The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3555@end ifset
3556
a4fb0134 3557If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3558all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3559symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3560would want.
3561
3562@menu
3563* Symbol Value:: Value
3564* Symbol Type:: Type
3565@ifset aout-bout
3566@ifset GENERIC
3567* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3568@end ifset
3569@ifclear GENERIC
3570@ifclear BOUT
3571* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3572@end ifclear
3573@ifset BOUT
3574* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3575@end ifset
3576@end ifclear
3577@end ifset
3578@ifset COFF
3579* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3580@end ifset
3581@ifset SOM
3582* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3583@end ifset
3584@end menu
3585
3586@node Symbol Value
3587@subsection Value
3588
3589@cindex value of a symbol
3590@cindex symbol value
3591The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3592location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3593number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3594Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3595as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3596symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3597called absolute.
3598
3599The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
36000 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3601@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3602same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3603name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3604common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3605bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3606allocated storage.
3607
3608@node Symbol Type
3609@subsection Type
3610
3611@cindex type of a symbol
3612@cindex symbol type
3613The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3614information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3615(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3616format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3617
3618@ifset aout-bout
3619@ifclear GENERIC
3620@ifset BOUT
3621@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3622@c better if it were available outside examples.
3623@need 1000
3624@node a.out Symbols
3625@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3626
3627@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3628@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3629These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3630one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3631@code{b.out}.
3632
3633@end ifset
3634@ifclear BOUT
3635@node a.out Symbols
3636@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3637
3638@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3639@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3640
3641@end ifclear
3642@end ifclear
3643@ifset GENERIC
3644@node a.out Symbols
3645@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3646
3647@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3648@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3649
3650@end ifset
3651@menu
3652* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3653* Symbol Other:: Other
3654@end menu
3655
3656@node Symbol Desc
3657@subsubsection Descriptor
3658
3659@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3660This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3661descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3662(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3663@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3664
3665@node Symbol Other
3666@subsubsection Other
3667
3668@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3669This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3670@end ifset
3671
3672@ifset COFF
3673@node COFF Symbols
3674@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3675
3676@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3677@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3678
3679The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3680like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3681@code{.endef} directives.
3682
3683@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3684
3685@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3686The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3687respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3688
3689@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3690
3691@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3692The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3693@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3694table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3695@end ifset
3696
3697@ifset SOM
3698@node SOM Symbols
3699@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3700
3701@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3702@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3703
3704The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3705the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3706
01642c12 3707The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3708Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3709@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3710@end ifset
3711
3712@node Expressions
3713@chapter Expressions
3714
3715@cindex expressions
3716@cindex addresses
3717@cindex numeric values
3718An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3719Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3720
3721The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3722a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3723enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3724section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3725the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3726@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3727
3728@menu
3729* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3730* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3731@end menu
3732
3733@node Empty Exprs
3734@section Empty Expressions
3735
3736@cindex empty expressions
3737@cindex expressions, empty
3738An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3739Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3740expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3741is compatible with other assemblers.
3742
3743@node Integer Exprs
3744@section Integer Expressions
3745
3746@cindex integer expressions
3747@cindex expressions, integer
3748An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3749by @emph{operators}.
3750
3751@menu
3752* Arguments:: Arguments
3753* Operators:: Operators
3754* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3755* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3756@end menu
3757
3758@node Arguments
3759@subsection Arguments
3760
3761@cindex expression arguments
3762@cindex arguments in expressions
3763@cindex operands in expressions
3764@cindex arithmetic operands
3765@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3766contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3767this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3768the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3769expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3770instruction operands.
3771
3772Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3773@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3774or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3775integer.
3776
3777Numbers are usually integers.
3778
3779A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3780that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3781these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3782instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3783assemblers.
3784
3785@cindex subexpressions
3786Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3787expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3788operator followed by an argument.
3789
3790@node Operators
3791@subsection Operators
3792
3793@cindex operators, in expressions
3794@cindex arithmetic functions
3795@cindex functions, in expressions
3796@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3797operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3798between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3799whitespace.
3800
3801@node Prefix Ops
3802@subsection Prefix Operator
3803
3804@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3805@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3806one argument, which must be absolute.
3807
3808@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3809@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3810@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3811@tex
3812\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3813@end tex
3814
3815@table @code
3816@item -
3817@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3818@item ~
3819@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3820@end table
3821
3822@tex
3823\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3824@end tex
3825
3826@node Infix Ops
3827@subsection Infix Operators
3828
3829@cindex infix operators
3830@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3831@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3832have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3833to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3834absolute, and the result is absolute.
3835
3836@enumerate
3837@cindex operator precedence
3838@cindex precedence of operators
3839
3840@item
3841Highest Precedence
3842
3843@table @code
3844@item *
3845@dfn{Multiplication}.
3846
3847@item /
3848@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3849
3850@item %
3851@dfn{Remainder}.
3852
d1eac9d9 3853@item <<
252b5132
RH
3854@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3855
d1eac9d9 3856@item >>
252b5132
RH
3857@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3858@end table
3859
3860@item
3861Intermediate precedence
3862
3863@table @code
3864@item |
3865
3866@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3867
3868@item &
3869@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3870
3871@item ^
3872@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3873
3874@item !
3875@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3876@end table
3877
3878@item
b131d4dc 3879Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3880
3881@table @code
3882@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3883@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3884@cindex arguments for addition
3885@item +
3886@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3887the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3888sections.
3889
3890@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3891@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3892@cindex arguments for subtraction
3893@item -
3894@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3895result has the section of the left argument.
3896If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3897You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3898@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3899
3900@cindex comparison expressions
3901@cindex expressions, comparison
3902@item ==
3903@dfn{Is Equal To}
3904@item <>
723a8472 3905@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3906@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3907@item <
3908@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3909@item >
b131d4dc 3910@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3911@item >=
b131d4dc 3912@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3913@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3914@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3915
3916The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3917value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3918perform signed comparisons.
3919@end table
3920
3921@item Lowest Precedence
3922
3923@table @code
3924@item &&
3925@dfn{Logical And}.
3926
3927@item ||
3928@dfn{Logical Or}.
3929
3930These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3931expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3932value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3933or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3934
252b5132
RH
3935@end table
3936@end enumerate
3937
3938In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3939address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3940
3941@node Pseudo Ops
3942@chapter Assembler Directives
3943
3944@cindex directives, machine independent
3945@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3946@cindex machine independent directives
3947All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3948The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3949
3950This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3951target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3952@ifset GENERIC
3953Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3954@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3955@end ifset
3956@ifclear GENERIC
3957@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3958@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3959@end ifset
3960@end ifclear
3961
3962@menu
3963* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3964@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3965* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3966@end ifset
f0dc282c 3967
252b5132 3968* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3969* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3970* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3971* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3972* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b 3973* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, @code{.bundle_lock}, @code{.bundle_unlock}
252b5132 3974* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 3975* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 3976* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
3977* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3978@ifset COFF
3979* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3980@end ifset
3981@ifset aout-bout
3982* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3983@end ifset
3984@ifset COFF
3985* Dim:: @code{.dim}
3986@end ifset
f0dc282c 3987
252b5132
RH
3988* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
3989* Eject:: @code{.eject}
3990* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 3991* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
3992* End:: @code{.end}
3993@ifset COFF
3994* Endef:: @code{.endef}
3995@end ifset
f0dc282c 3996
252b5132
RH
3997* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
3998* Endif:: @code{.endif}
3999* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4000* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4001* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4002* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4003* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4004* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4005* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4006* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4007* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4008* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4009* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4010* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4011* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4012@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4013* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4014* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4015@end ifset
f0dc282c 4016
252b5132
RH
4017* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4018* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4019* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4020* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4021* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4022* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4023@ifset ELF
4024* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4025@end ifset
f0dc282c 4026
252b5132
RH
4027* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4028* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4029* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4030* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4031@ifclear no-line-dir
4032* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4033@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4034
252b5132
RH
4035* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4036* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4037* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4038* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4039* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4040@ifset ELF
4041* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4042@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4043
252b5132
RH
4044* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4045@ignore
4046* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4047@end ignore
f0dc282c 4048
252b5132
RH
4049* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4050* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4051* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4052* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4053* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4054* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4055* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4056* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4057@ifset ELF
4058* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4059* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4060@end ifset
f0dc282c 4061
252b5132 4062* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4063@ifset ELF
4064* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4065@end ifset
f0dc282c 4066
252b5132
RH
4067* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4068* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4069@ifset ELF
4070* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4071@end ifset
f0dc282c 4072
252b5132 4073* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4074* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4075* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4076* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4077@ifset COFF
4078* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4079@end ifset
4080@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4081* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4082@end ifset
f0dc282c 4083
252b5132
RH
4084* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4085* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4086* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4087@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4088* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4089@end ifset
884f0d36 4090@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4091* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4092@end ifclear
4093
252b5132 4094* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4095@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4096* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4097@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4098@ifset have-stabs
4099* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4100@end ifset
f0dc282c 4101
38a57ae7 4102* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4103* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4104@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4105* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4106* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4107@end ifset
f0dc282c 4108
252b5132
RH
4109@ifset COFF
4110* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4111@end ifset
f0dc282c 4112
252b5132
RH
4113* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4114* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4115@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4116* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4117@end ifset
4118
c91d2e08 4119* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4120@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4121* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4122@end ifset
f0dc282c 4123
2e13b764 4124@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4125* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4126* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4127* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4128@end ifset
f0dc282c 4129
d190d046 4130* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4131* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4132* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4133* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4134* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4135@end menu
4136
4137@node Abort
4138@section @code{.abort}
4139
4140@cindex @code{abort} directive
4141@cindex stopping the assembly
4142This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4143compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4144assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4145of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4146quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4147
4148@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4149@node ABORT (COFF)
4150@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4151
4152@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4153When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4154synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4155
4156@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4157When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4158but ignores it.
4159@end ifset
4160@end ifset
4161
4162@node Align
4163@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4164
4165@cindex padding the location counter
4166@cindex @code{align} directive
4167Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4168boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4169required, as described below.
4170
4171The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4172padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4173padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4174marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4175with no-op instructions.
4176
4177The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4178it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4179directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4180specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4181fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4182required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4183with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4184
4185The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4186For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4187s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4188alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4189the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4190is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4191first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4192
9e9a9798 4193For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4194strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4195number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4196advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4197counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4198multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4199
4200This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4201native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4202GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4203described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4204architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4205
ccf8a69b
BW
4206@node Altmacro
4207@section @code{.altmacro}
4208Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4209
4210@ftable @code
4211@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4212One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4213generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4214replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4215replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4216separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4217define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4218
4219@item String delimiters
4220You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4221@code{"@var{string}"}:
4222
4223@table @code
4224@item '@var{string}'
4225You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4226
4227@item <@var{string}>
4228You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4229@end table
4230
4231@item single-character string escape
4232To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4233character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4234character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4235write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4236
4237@item Expression results as strings
4238You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4239and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4240@end ftable
4241
252b5132
RH
4242@node Ascii
4243@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4244
4245@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4246@cindex string literals
4247@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4248separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4249trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4250
4251@node Asciz
4252@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4253
4254@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4255@cindex zero-terminated strings
4256@cindex null-terminated strings
4257@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4258a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4259
4260@node Balign
4261@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4262
4263@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4264@cindex @code{balign} directive
4265Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4266storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4267alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4268the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4269is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4270
4271The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4272padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4273padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4274marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4275with no-op instructions.
4276
4277The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4278it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4279directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4280specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4281fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4282required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4283with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4284
4285@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4286@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4287The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4288@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4289pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4290fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
42914,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4292filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4293the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4294undefined.
4295
fa94de6b
RM
4296@node Bundle directives
4297@section @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
4298@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4299@cindex bundle
4300@cindex instruction bundle
4301@cindex aligned instruction bundle
4302@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @defn{aligned instruction
4303bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
4304into fixed-sized @defn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
4305disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
4306gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4307@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4308
4309For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
4310certain aligned boundary. A @defn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
4311instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4312@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4313chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4314effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4315instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4316that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4317end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4318starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4319instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4320
4321@section @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4322@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4323@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4324The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4325allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4326are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4327aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4328@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4329directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4330
4331@cindex bundle-locked
4332For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4333appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4334instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
4335and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @defn{bundle-locked}
4336instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4337sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4338@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4339entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4340boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4341first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4342aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4343bundle size.
4344
4345Bundle-locked sequences do not nest. It's an error if two
4346@code{.bundle_lock} directives appear without an intervening
4347@code{.bundle_unlock} directive.
4348
252b5132
RH
4349@node Byte
4350@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4351
4352@cindex @code{byte} directive
4353@cindex integers, one byte
4354@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4355Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4356
54cfded0 4357@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4358@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4359@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4360@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4361should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4362If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4363if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4364To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4365directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4366
4b7d318b 4367@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4368@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4369@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4370should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4371data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4372@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4373
01642c12 4374Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4375it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4376
54cfded0
AM
4377@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4378@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4379@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4380unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4381@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4382
9b8ae42e
JJ
4383@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4384@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4385@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4386should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4387argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4388a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4389the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4390can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4391The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4392no personality routine.
4393
4394@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4395@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4396@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4397should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4398argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4399or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4400no LSDA.
4401
54cfded0 4402@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4403@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4404address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4405
4406@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4407@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4408now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4409remains the same.
4410
4411@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4412@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4413remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4414absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4415CFA address.
4416
4417@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4418Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4419value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4420
4421@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4422Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4423CFA.
54cfded0 4424
17076204
RH
4425@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4426Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4427the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4428using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4429This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4430code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4431
4b7d318b
L
4432@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4433Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4434
4435@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4436@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4437same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4438instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4439
4440@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4441From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4442
4443@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4444Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4445i.e. no restoration needed.
4446
01642c12
RM
4447@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4448First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4449then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4450everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4451the previous saved state.
4452
4453@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4454Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4455directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4456
63752a75
JJ
4457@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4458Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4459
6749011b 4460@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4461SPARC register window has been saved.
4462
cdfbf930
RH
4463@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4464Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4465might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4466opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4467
f1c4cc75
RH
4468@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4469The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4470will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4471description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4472
4473The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4474limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4475mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4476by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4477or another register.
4478
ccf8a69b
BW
4479@node Comm
4480@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4481
ccf8a69b
BW
4482@cindex @code{comm} directive
4483@cindex symbol, common
4484@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4485common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4486of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4487definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4488allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4489absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4490the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4491using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4492
c1711530
DK
4493@ifset COFF-ELF
4494When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4495an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4496specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4497that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4498as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4499boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4500power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4501common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4502alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4503largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4504maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4505is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4506@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4507multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4508It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4509(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4510@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4511
ccf8a69b
BW
4512@ifset HPPA
4513The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4514@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4515@end ifset
07a53e5c 4516
252b5132
RH
4517@node Data
4518@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4519
4520@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4521@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4522end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4523absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4524to zero.
4525
4526@ifset COFF
4527@node Def
4528@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4529
4530@cindex @code{def} directive
4531@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4532@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4533Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4534definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4535@ifset BOUT
4536
a4fb0134 4537This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4538format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4539but ignored.
4540@end ifset
4541@end ifset
4542
4543@ifset aout-bout
4544@node Desc
4545@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4546
4547@cindex @code{desc} directive
4548@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4549@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4550This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4551to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4552
4553@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4554The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4555configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4556object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4557it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4558@end ifset
4559@end ifset
4560
4561@ifset COFF
4562@node Dim
4563@section @code{.dim}
4564
4565@cindex @code{dim} directive
4566@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4567@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4568This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4569information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4570@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4571@ifset BOUT
4572
4573@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4574@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4575ignores it.
4576@end ifset
4577@end ifset
4578
4579@node Double
4580@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4581
4582@cindex @code{double} directive
4583@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4584@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4585assembles floating point numbers.
4586@ifset GENERIC
4587The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4588@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4589@end ifset
4590@ifclear GENERIC
4591@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4592On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4593in @sc{ieee} format.
4594@end ifset
4595@end ifclear
4596
4597@node Eject
4598@section @code{.eject}
4599
4600@cindex @code{eject} directive
4601@cindex new page, in listings
4602@cindex page, in listings
4603@cindex listing control: new page
4604Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4605
4606@node Else
4607@section @code{.else}
4608
4609@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4610@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4611assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4612of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4613was false.
4614
3fd9f047
TW
4615@node Elseif
4616@section @code{.elseif}
4617
4618@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4619@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4620assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4621@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4622
252b5132
RH
4623@node End
4624@section @code{.end}
4625
4626@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4627@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4628process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4629
4630@ifset COFF
4631@node Endef
4632@section @code{.endef}
4633
4634@cindex @code{endef} directive
4635This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4636@code{.def}.
4637@ifset BOUT
4638
4639@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4640@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4641directive but ignores it.
4642@end ifset
4643@end ifset
4644
4645@node Endfunc
4646@section @code{.endfunc}
4647@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4648@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4649
4650@node Endif
4651@section @code{.endif}
4652
4653@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4654@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4655it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4656conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4657
4658@node Equ
4659@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4660
4661@cindex @code{equ} directive
4662@cindex assigning values to symbols
4663@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4664This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4665It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4666
4667@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4668The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4669@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4670@end ifset
4671
3c9b82ba 4672@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4673The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4674@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4675On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4676but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4677Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4678@end ifset
4679
252b5132
RH
4680@node Equiv
4681@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4682@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4683The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4684the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4685symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4686undefined.
252b5132 4687
01642c12 4688Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4689@smallexample
4690.ifdef SYM
4691.err
4692.endif
4693.equ SYM,VAL
4694@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4695plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4696
4697@node Eqv
4698@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4699@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4700The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4701evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4702the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4703value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4704
4705@node Err
4706@section @code{.err}
4707@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4708If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4709message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4710object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4711
d190d046
HPN
4712@node Error
4713@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4714@cindex error directive
4715
4716Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4717string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4718message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4719@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4720
4721@smallexample
4722 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4723@end smallexample
4724
252b5132
RH
4725@node Exitm
4726@section @code{.exitm}
4727Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4728
4729@node Extern
4730@section @code{.extern}
4731
4732@cindex @code{extern} directive
4733@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4734with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4735all undefined symbols as external.
4736
4737@node Fail
4738@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4739
4740@cindex @code{fail} directive
4741Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4742or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4743than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4744include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4745complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4746
252b5132 4747@node File
14082c76 4748@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4749@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4750
4751@ifclear no-file-dir
4752There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4753that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4754@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4755
4756@subheading Default Version
4757
252b5132
RH
4758@cindex logical file name
4759@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4760This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4761are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4762
4763@smallexample
4764.file @var{string}
4765@end smallexample
4766
4767@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4768recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4769to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4770statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4771old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4772
4773@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4774@end ifclear
4775
14082c76
BW
4776When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4777to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4778
4779@smallexample
4780.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4781@end smallexample
4782
4783The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4784index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4785literal.
4786
4787The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4788table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4789information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4790entries will have.
4791
252b5132
RH
4792@node Fill
4793@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4794
4795@cindex @code{fill} directive
4796@cindex writing patterns in memory
4797@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4798@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4799This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4800may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4801more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4802other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4803is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4804zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4805byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4806Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4807@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4808compatible with other people's assemblers.
4809
4810@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4811If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4812assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4813@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4814
4815@node Float
4816@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4817
4818@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4819@cindex @code{float} directive
4820This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4821has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4822@ifset GENERIC
4823The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4824@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4825@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4826@end ifset
4827@ifclear GENERIC
4828@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4829On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4830in @sc{ieee} format.
4831@end ifset
4832@end ifclear
4833
4834@node Func
4835@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4836@cindex @code{func} directive
4837@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4838is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4839Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4840@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4841prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4842@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4843All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4844The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4845
4846@node Global
4847@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4848
4849@cindex @code{global} directive
4850@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4851@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4852@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4853other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4854@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4855from another file linked into the same program.
4856
4857Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4858compatibility with other assemblers.
4859
4860@ifset HPPA
4861On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4862partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4863@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4864@end ifset
4865
c91d2e08 4866@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4867@node Gnu_attribute
4868@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4869Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4870
c91d2e08
NC
4871@node Hidden
4872@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4873
c1253627
NC
4874@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4875@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4876This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4877@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 4878@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4879
4880This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4881their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4882@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 4883Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
4884@end ifset
4885
252b5132
RH
4886@node hword
4887@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4888
4889@cindex @code{hword} directive
4890@cindex integers, 16-bit
4891@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4892@cindex sixteen bit integers
4893This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4894a 16 bit number for each.
4895
4896@ifset GENERIC
4897This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4898architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4899@end ifset
4900@ifclear GENERIC
4901@ifset W32
4902This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4903@end ifset
4904@ifset W16
4905This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4906@end ifset
4907@end ifclear
4908
4909@node Ident
4910@section @code{.ident}
4911
4912@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4913
4914This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4915behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4916a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4917source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4918for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4919@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4920emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4921
4922@node If
4923@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4924
4925@cindex conditional assembly
4926@cindex @code{if} directive
4927@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4928considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4929(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4930the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4931(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4932alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4933If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4934nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4935
4936The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4937@table @code
4938@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4939@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4940Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4941has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4942is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4943
26aca5f6
JB
4944@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4945@item .ifb @var{text}
4946Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4947
252b5132
RH
4948@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4949@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4950Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4951strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4952the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4953end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4954string comparison is case sensitive.
4955
4956@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4957@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4958Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4959
4960@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4961@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4962Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4963
4964@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4965@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4966Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4967equal to zero.
4968
4969@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4970@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4971Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4972
4973@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4974@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4975Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4976to zero.
4977
4978@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4979@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4980Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4981
26aca5f6
JB
4982@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4983@item .ifnb @var{text}
4984Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4985following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4986
252b5132
RH
4987@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4988@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4989Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4990following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4991
4992@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
4993@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
4994@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
4995@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
4996Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4997has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
4998which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
4999
5000@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5001@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5002Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5003(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5004
5005@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5006@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5007Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5008following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5009@end table
5010
7e005732
NC
5011@node Incbin
5012@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5013
5014@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5015@cindex binary files, including
5016The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5017location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5018option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5019around @var{file}.
5020
5021The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5022@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5023read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5024responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5025after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5026
252b5132
RH
5027@node Include
5028@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5029
5030@cindex @code{include} directive
5031@cindex supporting files, including
5032@cindex files, including
5033This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5034points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5035if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5036included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5037can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5038(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5039around @var{file}.
5040
5041@node Int
5042@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5043
5044@cindex @code{int} directive
5045@cindex integers, 32-bit
5046Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5047For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5048expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5049of target the assembly is for.
5050
5051@ifclear GENERIC
5052@ifset H8
7be1c489 5053On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5054integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
505532-bit integers.
5056@end ifset
5057@end ifclear
5058
c91d2e08
NC
5059@ifset ELF
5060@node Internal
5061@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5062
c1253627
NC
5063@cindex @code{internal} directive
5064@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5065This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5066@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5067@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5068
5069This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5070their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5071@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5072(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5073processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5074@end ifset
5075
252b5132
RH
5076@node Irp
5077@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5078
5079@cindex @code{irp} directive
5080Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5081The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5082terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5083set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5084@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5085@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5086sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5087
5088For example, assembling
5089
5090@example
5091 .irp param,1,2,3
5092 move d\param,sp@@-
5093 .endr
5094@end example
5095
5096is equivalent to assembling
5097
5098@example
5099 move d1,sp@@-
5100 move d2,sp@@-
5101 move d3,sp@@-
5102@end example
5103
96e9638b 5104For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5105
252b5132
RH
5106@node Irpc
5107@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5108
5109@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5110Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5111The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5112terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5113@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5114assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5115assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5116@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5117
5118For example, assembling
5119
5120@example
5121 .irpc param,123
5122 move d\param,sp@@-
5123 .endr
5124@end example
5125
5126is equivalent to assembling
5127
5128@example
5129 move d1,sp@@-
5130 move d2,sp@@-
5131 move d3,sp@@-
5132@end example
5133
5e75c3ab
JB
5134For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5135at @xref{Macro}.
5136
252b5132
RH
5137@node Lcomm
5138@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5139
5140@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5141@cindex local common symbols
5142@cindex symbols, local common
5143Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5144denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5145those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5146section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5147is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5148not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5149
5150@ifset GENERIC
5151Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5152argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5153@end ifset
5154
5155@ifset HPPA
5156The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5157@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5158@end ifset
5159
5160@node Lflags
5161@section @code{.lflags}
5162
5163@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5164@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5165assemblers, but ignores it.
5166
5167@ifclear no-line-dir
5168@node Line
5169@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5170
5171@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5172@cindex logical line number
5173@ifset aout-bout
5174Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5175expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5176statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5177reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5178@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5179for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5180@end ifset
5181
252b5132 5182Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5183@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5184when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5185were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5186@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5187
5188Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5189used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5190debugging.
5191@end ifclear
5192
5193@node Linkonce
5194@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5195@cindex COMDAT
5196@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5197@cindex common sections
5198Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5199This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5200but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5201The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5202Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5203unique.
5204
5205This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5206writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5207Executable format used on Windows NT.
5208
5209The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5210following strings. For example:
5211@smallexample
5212.linkonce same_size
5213@end smallexample
5214Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5215
5216@table @code
5217@item discard
5218Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5219
5220@item one_only
5221Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5222
5223@item same_size
5224Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5225
5226@item same_contents
5227Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5228@end table
5229
ccf8a69b
BW
5230@node List
5231@section @code{.list}
5232
5233@cindex @code{list} directive
5234@cindex listing control, turning on
5235Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5236not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5237internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5238counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5239generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5240
5241By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5242@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5243the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5244
252b5132
RH
5245@node Ln
5246@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5247
5248@cindex @code{ln} directive
5249@ifclear no-line-dir
5250@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5251@end ifclear
5252@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5253Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5254must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5255line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5256statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5257line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5258@ifset BOUT
5259
a4fb0134 5260This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5261configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5262output format.
5263@end ifset
5264@end ifset
5265
ccf8a69b
BW
5266@node Loc
5267@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5268@cindex @code{loc} directive
5269When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5270the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5271number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5272instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5273arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5274the row is added.
252b5132 5275
ccf8a69b
BW
5276The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5277
5278@table @code
5279@item basic_block
5280This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5281@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5282
5283@item prologue_end
5284This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5285@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5286
5287@item epilogue_begin
5288This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5289@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5290
5291@item is_stmt @var{value}
5292This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5293@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5294either 0 or 1.
5295
5296@item isa @var{value}
5297This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5298state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5299
92846e72
CC
5300@item discriminator @var{value}
5301This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5302state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5303
ccf8a69b
BW
5304@end table
5305
5306@node Loc_mark_labels
5307@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5308@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5309When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5310the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5311to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5312register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5313The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5314this function respectively.
252b5132 5315
4d4175af
BW
5316@ifset ELF
5317@node Local
5318@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5319
5320@cindex @code{local} directive
5321This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5322the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5323will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5324they will be created.
5325
5326For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5327accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5328the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5329(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5330@end ifset
5331
252b5132
RH
5332@node Long
5333@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5334
5335@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5336@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5337
5338@ignore
5339@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5340@c what it really ought to do
5341@node Lsym
5342@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5343
5344@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5345@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5346@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5347the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5348rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5349the same as the expression value:
5350@smallexample
5351@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5352@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5353@var{value} = @var{expression}
5354@end smallexample
5355@noindent
5356The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5357@end ignore
5358
5359@node Macro
5360@section @code{.macro}
5361
5362@cindex macros
5363The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5364generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5365@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5366
5367@example
5368 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5369 .long \from
5370 .if \to-\from
5371 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5372 .endif
5373 .endm
5374@end example
5375
5376@noindent
5377With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5378
5379@example
5380 .long 0
5381 .long 1
5382 .long 2
5383 .long 3
5384 .long 4
5385 .long 5
5386@end example
5387
5388@ftable @code
5389@item .macro @var{macname}
5390@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5391@cindex @code{macro} directive
5392Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5393definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5394separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5395indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5396@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5397(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5398macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5399cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5400subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5401definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5402
5403@table @code
5404@item .macro comm
5405Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5406arguments.
5407
6258339f 5408@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5409@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5410Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5411which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5412@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5413
5414@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5415Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5416arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5417After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5418@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5419@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5420,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5421@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5422
6eaeac8a
JB
5423@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5424Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5425arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5426not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5427will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5428
252b5132
RH
5429When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5430position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5431@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5432
6258339f
NC
5433@end table
5434
5e75c3ab
JB
5435Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5436as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5437occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5438characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5439(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5440architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5441character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5442replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5443construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5444identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5445this macro definition:
5446
5447@example
5448 .macro label l
5449\l:
5450 .endm
5451@end example
5452
5453might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5454called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5455assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5456identifier.
5457
5458Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5459which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5460for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5461length specifier like this:
5462
5463@example
5464 .macro opcode base length
5465 \base.\length
5466 .endm
5467@end example
5468
5469and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5470instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5471interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5472
5473There are several possible ways around this problem:
5474
5475@table @code
5476@item Insert white space
5477If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5478solution. eg:
5479
5480@example
5481 .macro label l
5482\l :
5483 .endm
5484@end example
5485
5486@item Use @samp{\()}
5487The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5488the following text. eg:
5489
5490@example
5491 .macro opcode base length
5492 \base\().\length
5493 .endm
5494@end example
5495
5496@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5497In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5498used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5499
5500@example
5501 .altmacro
5502 .macro label l
5503l&:
5504 .endm
5505@end example
6258339f 5506@end table
5e75c3ab 5507
96e9638b 5508Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5509also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5510and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5511
252b5132
RH
5512@item .endm
5513@cindex @code{endm} directive
5514Mark the end of a macro definition.
5515
5516@item .exitm
5517@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5518Exit early from the current macro definition.
5519
5520@cindex number of macros executed
5521@cindex macros, count executed
5522@item \@@
a4fb0134 5523@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5524executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5525output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5526
252b5132
RH
5527@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5528@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5529macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5530@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5531@end ftable
252b5132 5532
ccf8a69b
BW
5533@node MRI
5534@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5535
ccf8a69b
BW
5536@cindex @code{mri} directive
5537@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5538If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5539@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5540affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5541of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5542
caa32fe5
NC
5543@node Noaltmacro
5544@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5545Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5546
252b5132
RH
5547@node Nolist
5548@section @code{.nolist}
5549
5550@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5551@cindex listing control, turning off
5552Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5553not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5554internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5555counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5556generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5557
5558@node Octa
5559@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5560
5561@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5562@cindex @code{octa} directive
5563@cindex integer, 16-byte
5564@cindex sixteen byte integer
5565This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5566bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5567
5568The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5569hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5570
9aec2026
NC
5571@node Offset
5572@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5573
5574@cindex @code{offset} directive
5575Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5576be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5577symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5578directive.
9aec2026 5579
252b5132
RH
5580@node Org
5581@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5582
5583@cindex @code{org} directive
5584@cindex location counter, advancing
5585@cindex advancing location counter
5586@cindex current address, advancing
5587Advance the location counter of the current section to
5588@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5589expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5590you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5591wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5592with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5593@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5594is the same as the current subsection.
5595
5596@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5597unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5598backwards.
5599
5600@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5601@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5602@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5603Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5604may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5605a chance to share your improved assembler.
5606
5607Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5608to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5609people's assemblers.
5610
5611When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5612intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5613absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5614@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5615
5616@node P2align
5617@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5618
5619@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5620@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5621Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5622storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5623number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5624advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5625counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5626multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5627
5628The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5629padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5630padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5631marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5632with no-op instructions.
5633
5634The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5635it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5636directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5637specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5638fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5639required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5640with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5641
5642@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5643@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5644The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5645@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5646pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5647fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
56482,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5649filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5650the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5651undefined.
5652
ccf8a69b
BW
5653@ifset ELF
5654@node PopSection
5655@section @code{.popsection}
5656
5657@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5658@cindex Section Stack
5659This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5660@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5661@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5662(@pxref{Previous}).
5663
5664This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5665section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5666stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5667@end ifset
5668
c91d2e08
NC
5669@ifset ELF
5670@node Previous
5671@section @code{.previous}
5672
c1253627 5673@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5674@cindex Section Stack
5675This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5676@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5677@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5678(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5679
5680This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5681referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5682@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5683subsections). For example:
5684
5685@smallexample
5686.section A
5687 .subsection 1
5688 .word 0x1234
5689 .subsection 2
5690 .word 0x5678
5691.previous
5692 .word 0x9abc
5693@end smallexample
5694
5695Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5696section A. Whilst:
5697
5698@smallexample
5699.section A
5700.subsection 1
5701 # Now in section A subsection 1
5702 .word 0x1234
5703.section B
5704.subsection 0
5705 # Now in section B subsection 0
5706 .word 0x5678
5707.subsection 1
5708 # Now in section B subsection 1
5709 .word 0x9abc
5710.previous
5711 # Now in section B subsection 0
5712 .word 0xdef0
5713@end smallexample
5714
5715Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5716section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5717
5718In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5719the top section on the section stack.
5720@end ifset
5721
252b5132
RH
5722@node Print
5723@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5724
5725@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5726@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5727assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5728
c91d2e08
NC
5729@ifset ELF
5730@node Protected
5731@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5732
c1253627
NC
5733@cindex @code{protected} directive
5734@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5735This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5736@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5737
5738This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5739their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5740@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5741components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5742component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5743this.
c91d2e08
NC
5744@end ifset
5745
252b5132
RH
5746@node Psize
5747@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5748
5749@cindex @code{psize} directive
5750@cindex listing control: paper size
5751@cindex paper size, for listings
5752Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5753number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5754
5755If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5756of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5757default width is 200 columns.
5758
a4fb0134 5759@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5760lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5761@code{.eject}).
5762
5763If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5764those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5765
5766@node Purgem
5767@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5768
5769@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5770Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5771expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5772
c91d2e08
NC
5773@ifset ELF
5774@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5775@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5776
c1253627 5777@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5778@cindex Section Stack
5779This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5780@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5781@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5782(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5783
e9863d7f
DJ
5784This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5785top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5786subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5787@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5788as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5789@end ifset
5790
252b5132
RH
5791@node Quad
5792@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5793
5794@cindex @code{quad} directive
5795@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5796each bignum, it emits
5797@ifclear bignum-16
5798an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5799warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5800@cindex eight-byte integer
5801@cindex integer, 8-byte
5802
5803The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5804hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5805@end ifclear
5806@ifset bignum-16
5807a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5808warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5809@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5810@cindex integer, 16-byte
5811@end ifset
5812
05e9452c
AM
5813@node Reloc
5814@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5815
5816@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5817Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5818@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5819the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5820symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5821@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5822absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5823targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5824relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5825section.
5826
252b5132
RH
5827@node Rept
5828@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5829
5830@cindex @code{rept} directive
5831Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5832@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5833
5834For example, assembling
5835
5836@example
5837 .rept 3
5838 .long 0
5839 .endr
5840@end example
5841
5842is equivalent to assembling
5843
5844@example
5845 .long 0
5846 .long 0
5847 .long 0
5848@end example
5849
5850@node Sbttl
5851@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5852
5853@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5854@cindex subtitles for listings
5855@cindex listing control: subtitle
5856Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5857title line) when generating assembly listings.
5858
5859This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5860it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5861
5862@ifset COFF
5863@node Scl
5864@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5865
5866@cindex @code{scl} directive
5867@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5868@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5869Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5870used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5871whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5872symbolic debugging information.
5873@ifset BOUT
5874
5875The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5876configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5877accepts this directive but ignores it.
5878@end ifset
5879@end ifset
5880
c1253627 5881@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5882@node Section
c1253627 5883@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5884
252b5132
RH
5885@cindex named section
5886Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5887named @var{name}.
5888
5889This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5890named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5891with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5892
c1253627
NC
5893@ifset COFF
5894@ifset ELF
5895@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5896@subheading COFF Version
5897@end ifset
5898
5899@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5900For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5901ways:
c91d2e08 5902
252b5132
RH
5903@smallexample
5904.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5905.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5906@end smallexample
5907
5908If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5909section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5910@table @code
5911@item b
5912bss section (uninitialized data)
5913@item n
5914section is not loaded
5915@item w
5916writable section
5917@item d
5918data section
5919@item r
5920read-only section
5921@item x
5922executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5923@item s
5924shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5925@item a
5926ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
5927@item y
5928section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
5929@item 0-9
5930single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
5931@end table
5932
5933If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5934the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5935loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5936from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5937will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5938
5939If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5940taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5941@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5942
5943@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5944@ifset COFF
5945@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5946@subheading ELF Version
5947@end ifset
5948
c91d2e08
NC
5949@cindex Section Stack
5950This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 5951@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
5952(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5953@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5954
c1253627 5955@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5956For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5957
252b5132 5958@smallexample
7047dd1e 5959.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5960@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5961
252b5132 5962The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5963combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5964@table @code
5965@item a
5966section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
5967@item e
5968section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
5969@item w
5970section is writable
5971@item x
5972section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5973@item M
5974section is mergeable
5975@item S
5976section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5977@item G
5978section is a member of a section group
5979@item T
5980section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
5981@item ?
5982section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
5983@end table
5984
5985The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5986@table @code
5987@item @@progbits
5988section contains data
5989@item @@nobits
5990section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
5991@item @@note
5992section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
5993@item @@init_array
5994section contains an array of pointers to init functions
5995@item @@fini_array
5996section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
5997@item @@preinit_array
5998section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
5999@end table
6000
10b016c2
PB
6001Many targets only support the first three section types.
6002
ececec60
NC
6003Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6004ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6005@code{%} character.
6006
22fe14ad 6007If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6008be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6009
6010@smallexample
6011.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6012@end smallexample
6013
6014Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6015constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6016@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6017@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6018the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6019absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6020which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6021@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6022@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6023
6024If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6025be present along with an additional field like this:
6026
6027@smallexample
6028.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6029@end smallexample
6030
6031The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6032particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6033@table @code
6034@item comdat
6035indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6036@item .gnu.linkonce
6037an alias for comdat
6038@end table
6039
96e9638b 6040Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6041the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6042
6043@smallexample
6044.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6045@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6046
01642c12
RM
6047If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6048@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6049present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6050this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6051@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6052If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6053
252b5132
RH
6054If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6055the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6056none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6057executable. The section will contain data.
6058
6059For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6060directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6061
252b5132
RH
6062@smallexample
6063.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6064@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6065
252b5132
RH
6066Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6067separated flags:
6068@table @code
6069@item #alloc
6070section is allocatable
6071@item #write
6072section is writable
6073@item #execinstr
6074section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6075@item #exclude
6076section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6077@item #tls
6078section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6079@end table
c91d2e08 6080
e9863d7f
DJ
6081This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6082contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6083some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6084work.
c1253627
NC
6085@end ifset
6086@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6087
6088@node Set
6089@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6090
6091@cindex @code{set} directive
6092@cindex symbol value, setting
6093Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6094changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6095@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6096flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6097
6098You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6099
6100If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6101file is the last value stored into it.
6102
3c9b82ba
NC
6103@ifset Z80
6104On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6105@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6106@end ifset
6107
252b5132
RH
6108@node Short
6109@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6110
6111@cindex @code{short} directive
6112@ifset GENERIC
6113@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6114@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6115
6116In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6117numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6118@end ifset
6119@ifclear GENERIC
6120@ifset W16
6121@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6122@end ifset
6123@ifset W32
6124This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6125a 16 bit number for each.
6126@end ifset
6127@end ifclear
6128
6129@node Single
6130@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6131
6132@cindex @code{single} directive
6133@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6134This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6135has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6136@ifset GENERIC
6137The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6138@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6139@end ifset
6140@ifclear GENERIC
6141@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6142On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6143numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6144@end ifset
6145@end ifclear
6146
c1253627 6147@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6148@node Size
c1253627 6149@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6150
c1253627
NC
6151This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6152
6153@ifset COFF
6154@ifset ELF
6155@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6156@subheading COFF Version
6157@end ifset
6158
6159@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6160For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6161@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6162
6163@smallexample
6164.size @var{expression}
6165@end smallexample
252b5132 6166
c91d2e08 6167@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6168@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6169@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6170ignores it.
6171@end ifset
c1253627 6172@end ifset
c91d2e08 6173
c1253627
NC
6174@ifset ELF
6175@ifset COFF
6176@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6177@subheading ELF Version
6178@end ifset
6179
6180@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6181For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6182
c1253627
NC
6183@smallexample
6184.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6185@end smallexample
6186
6187This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6188The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6189arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6190symbols.
c1253627
NC
6191@end ifset
6192@end ifset
252b5132 6193
252b5132
RH
6194@ifclear no-space-dir
6195@node Skip
6196@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6197
6198@cindex @code{skip} directive
6199@cindex filling memory
6200This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6201@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6202@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6203@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6204@end ifclear
252b5132 6205
ccf8a69b
BW
6206@node Sleb128
6207@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6208
6209@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6210@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6211compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6212symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6213
884f0d36 6214@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6215@node Space
6216@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6217
6218@cindex @code{space} directive
6219@cindex filling memory
6220This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6221@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6222and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6223as @samp{.skip}.
6224
6225@ifset HPPA
6226@quotation
6227@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6228targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6229Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6230@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6231for a summary.
6232@end quotation
6233@end ifset
6234@end ifclear
6235
252b5132
RH
6236@ifset have-stabs
6237@node Stab
6238@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6239
6240@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6241@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6242There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6243All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6244The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6245cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6246Up to five fields are required:
6247
6248@table @var
6249@item string
6250This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6251@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6252debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6253using this field.
6254
6255@item type
6256An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6257this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6258and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6259
6260@item other
6261An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6262low 8 bits of this expression.
6263
6264@item desc
6265An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6266bits of this expression.
6267
6268@item value
6269An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6270@end table
6271
6272If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6273or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6274you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6275compatible with earlier assemblers!
6276
6277@table @code
6278@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6279@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6280
6281The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6282It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6283null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6284strings.
6285
6286The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6287relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6288is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6289assembled.
6290
6291@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6292@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6293The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6294
6295@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6296@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6297All five fields are specified.
6298@end table
6299@end ifset
6300@c end have-stabs
6301
6302@node String
38a57ae7 6303@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6304"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6305
6306@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6307@cindex string8, copying to object file
6308@cindex string16, copying to object file
6309@cindex string32, copying to object file
6310@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6311@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6312@cindex @code{string8} directive
6313@cindex @code{string16} directive
6314@cindex @code{string32} directive
6315@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6316
6317Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6318one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6319particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6320You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6321
01642c12 6322The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6323the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6324copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6325are stored in target endianness byte order.
6326
6327Example:
6328@smallexample
6329 .string32 "BYE"
6330expands to:
6331 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6332 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6333@end smallexample
6334
6335
252b5132
RH
6336@node Struct
6337@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6338
6339@cindex @code{struct} directive
6340Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6341which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6342@smallexample
6343 .struct 0
6344field1:
6345 .struct field1 + 4
6346field2:
6347 .struct field2 + 4
6348field3:
6349@end smallexample
6350This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6351@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6352value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6353use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6354before further assembly.
6355
c91d2e08
NC
6356@ifset ELF
6357@node SubSection
6358@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6359
c1253627 6360@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6361@cindex Section Stack
6362This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6363@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6364@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6365(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6366
6367This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6368section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6369in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6370@end ifset
6371
252b5132
RH
6372@ifset ELF
6373@node Symver
6374@section @code{.symver}
6375@cindex @code{symver} directive
6376@cindex symbol versioning
6377@cindex versions of symbols
6378Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6379within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6380typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6381There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6382into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6383shared library.
6384
79082ff0 6385For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6386@smallexample
6387.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6388@end smallexample
339681c0 6389If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6390being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6391alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6392just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6393permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6394of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6395itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6396have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6397file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6398function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6399the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6400building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6401symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6402nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6403
6404If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6405references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6406reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6407symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6408
6409Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6410@smallexample
6411.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6412@end smallexample
6413In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6414the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6415difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6416references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6417
6418The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6419@smallexample
6420.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6421@end smallexample
6422When @var{name} is not defined within the
6423file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6424@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6425name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6426@end ifset
6427
6428@ifset COFF
6429@node Tag
6430@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6431
6432@cindex COFF structure debugging
6433@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6434@cindex @code{tag} directive
6435This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6436information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6437@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6438definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6439@ifset BOUT
6440
6441@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6442@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6443ignores it.
6444@end ifset
6445@end ifset
6446
6447@node Text
6448@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6449
6450@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6451Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6452the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6453expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6454is used.
6455
6456@node Title
6457@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6458
6459@cindex @code{title} directive
6460@cindex listing control: title line
6461Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6462source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6463
6464This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6465it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6466
c1253627 6467@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6468@node Type
c1253627
NC
6469@section @code{.type}
6470
6471This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6472
6473@ifset COFF
6474@ifset ELF
6475@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6476@subheading COFF Version
6477@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6478
6479@cindex COFF symbol type
6480@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6481@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6482For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6483@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6484
6485@smallexample
6486.type @var{int}
6487@end smallexample
6488
6489This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6490entry.
252b5132 6491
c91d2e08 6492@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6493@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6494@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6495directive but ignores it.
6496@end ifset
c1253627 6497@end ifset
c91d2e08 6498
c1253627
NC
6499@ifset ELF
6500@ifset COFF
6501@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6502@subheading ELF Version
6503@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6504
6505@cindex ELF symbol type
6506@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6507@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6508For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6509
6510@smallexample
6511.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6512@end smallexample
6513
6514This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6515function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6516supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6517compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6518
6519Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6520@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6521below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6522the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6523maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6524assemblers.
6525
6526The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6527
6528@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6529 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6530 .type <name>,#<type>
6531 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6532 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6533 .type <name>,"<type>"
6534@end smallexample
6535
6536The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6537
5671778d
NC
6538@table @gcctabopt
6539@item STT_FUNC
6540@itemx function
6541Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6542
d8045f23
NC
6543@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6544@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6545Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6546processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6547
5671778d
NC
6548@item STT_OBJECT
6549@itemx object
6550Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6551
6552@item STT_TLS
6553@itemx tls_object
6554Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6555
6556@item STT_COMMON
6557@itemx common
6558Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6559
6560@item STT_NOTYPE
6561@itemx notype
6562Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6563
3e7a7d11
NC
6564@item gnu_unique_object
6565Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6566will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6567name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6568systems).
3e7a7d11 6569
5671778d
NC
6570@end table
6571
6572Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6573
c1253627
NC
6574@end ifset
6575@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6576
6577@node Uleb128
6578@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6579
6580@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6581@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6582compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6583symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6584
6585@ifset COFF
6586@node Val
6587@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6588
6589@cindex @code{val} directive
6590@cindex COFF value attribute
6591@cindex value attribute, COFF
6592This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6593records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6594entry.
6595@ifset BOUT
6596
a4fb0134 6597@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6598configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6599@end ifset
6600@end ifset
6601
2e13b764 6602@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6603@node Version
6604@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6605
c1253627 6606@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6607This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6608formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6609@end ifset
2e13b764 6610
c91d2e08
NC
6611@ifset ELF
6612@node VTableEntry
6613@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6614
653cfe85 6615@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6616This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6617@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6618
c91d2e08
NC
6619@node VTableInherit
6620@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6621
653cfe85 6622@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6623This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6624@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6625parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6626parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6627@end ifset
2e13b764 6628
d190d046
HPN
6629@node Warning
6630@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6631@cindex warning directive
6632Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6633(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6634
c91d2e08
NC
6635@node Weak
6636@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6637
c1253627 6638@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6639This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6640@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6641
01642c12 6642On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6643directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6644@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6645
977cdf5a 6646On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6647When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6648alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6649
06e77878
AO
6650@node Weakref
6651@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6652
6653@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6654This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6655be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6656If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6657will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6658symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6659
6660The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6661assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6662symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6663resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6664had the references to the alias removed.
6665
6666The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6667within the assembler.
6668
252b5132
RH
6669@node Word
6670@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6671
6672@cindex @code{word} directive
6673This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6674separated by commas.
6675@ifclear GENERIC
6676@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6677For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6678@end ifset
6679@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6680For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6681@end ifset
6682@end ifclear
6683@ifset GENERIC
6684
6685The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6686depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6687@end ifset
6688
6689@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6690@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6691@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6692@cindex difference tables altered
6693@cindex altered difference tables
6694@quotation
6695@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6696@end quotation
6697
6698@ifset GENERIC
6699Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6700addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6701interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6702@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6703
6704@end ifset
6705In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6706@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6707Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6708compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6709directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6710@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6711creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6712This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6713first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6714of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6715table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6716contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6717@code{sym2}.
6718
6719If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6720secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6721@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6722long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6723and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6724minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6725entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6726
6727@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6728@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6729@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6730assembly language programmers.
6731@end ifset
6732@end ifset
6733@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6734
6735@node Deprecated
6736@section Deprecated Directives
6737
6738@cindex deprecated directives
6739@cindex obsolescent directives
6740One day these directives won't work.
6741They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6742@table @t
6743@item .abort
6744@item .line
6745@end table
6746
3a99f02f
DJ
6747@ifset ELF
6748@node Object Attributes
6749@chapter Object Attributes
6750@cindex object attributes
6751
6752@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6753into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6754Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6755point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6756requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6757passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6758hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6759generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6760newer generation at run-time.
6761
6762This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6763@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6764time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6765correctly.
6766
6767Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6768attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6769string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6770and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6771or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6772attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6773
6774Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6775The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6776
6777@menu
6778* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6779* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6780@end menu
6781
6782@node GNU Object Attributes
6783@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6784
6785The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6786with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6787
6788Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6789its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6790an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
67912} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6792architecture-dependent ones.
6793
6794@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6795
6796These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6797
6798@table @r
6799@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6800The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6801the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6802then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6803than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6804arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6805@end table
6806
6807@subsection MIPS Attributes
6808
6809@table @r
6810@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6811The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6812
6813@itemize @bullet
6814@item
68150 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6816@item
68171 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6818FPU.
6819@item
68202 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6821@item
68223 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6823@item
68244 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6825double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6826purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6827@end itemize
6828@end table
6829
6830@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6831
6832@table @r
6833@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6834The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6835
6836@itemize @bullet
6837@item
68380 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6839@item
3c7b9897 68401 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6841@item
68422 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6843@item
68443 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6845@end itemize
6846
6847@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6848The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6849
6850@itemize @bullet
6851@item
68520 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6853@item
68541 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6855@item
68562 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6857@item
68583 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6859@end itemize
6860@end table
6861
6862@node Defining New Object Attributes
6863@section Defining New Object Attributes
6864
6865If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6866will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6867mailing list.
6868
6869@itemize @bullet
6870@item
6871This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6872@item
6873The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6874@item
6875The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6876and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6877@item
6878Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6879@item
6880@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6881@item
6882GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6883@end itemize
6884
6885@end ifset
6886
252b5132
RH
6887@ifset GENERIC
6888@node Machine Dependencies
6889@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6890
6891@cindex machine dependencies
6892The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6893each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6894vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6895directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6896assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6897@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6898optimization.
6899
6900This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6901include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6902subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6903
6904@menu
625e1353
RH
6905@ifset ALPHA
6906* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6907@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6908@ifset ARC
6909* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6910@end ifset
6911@ifset ARM
6912* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6913@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6914@ifset AVR
6915* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6916@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
6917@ifset Blackfin
6918* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 6919@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6920@ifset CR16
6921* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6922@end ifset
8bf549a8 6923@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6924* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6925@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6926@ifset D10V
6927* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6928@end ifset
6929@ifset D30V
6930* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6931@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
6932@ifset EPIPHANY
6933* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
6934@end ifset
252b5132 6935@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6936* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6937@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6938@ifset HPPA
6939* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6940@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6941@ifset I370
6942* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6943@end ifset
252b5132 6944@ifset I80386
55b62671 6945* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6946@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6947@ifset I860
6948* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6949@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6950@ifset I960
6951* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6952@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6953@ifset IA64
6954* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6955@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6956@ifset IP2K
6957* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6958@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
6959@ifset LM32
6960* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
6961@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6962@ifset M32C
6963* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6964@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6965@ifset M32R
6966* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6967@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6968@ifset M680X0
6969* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6970@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6971@ifset M68HC11
6972* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6973@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
6974@ifset MICROBLAZE
6975* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
6976@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6977@ifset MIPS
6978* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6979@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6980@ifset MMIX
6981* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6982@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6983@ifset MSP430
6984* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6985@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
6986@ifset NS32K
6987* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
6988@end ifset
252b5132 6989@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6990* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
6991* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6992@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
6993@ifset PDP11
6994* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
6995@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
6996@ifset PJ
6997* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
6998@end ifset
418c1742
MG
6999@ifset PPC
7000* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7001@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7002@ifset RL78
7003* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7004@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7005@ifset RX
7006* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7007@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7008@ifset S390
7009* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7010@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7011@ifset SCORE
7012* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7013@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7014@ifset SPARC
7015* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7016@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7017@ifset TIC54X
7018* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7019@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7020@ifset TIC6X
7021* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7022@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7023@ifset TILEGX
7024* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7025@end ifset
7026@ifset TILEPRO
7027* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7028@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7029@ifset V850
7030* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7031@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7032@ifset XSTORMY16
7033* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7034@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7035@ifset XTENSA
7036* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7037@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7038@ifset Z80
7039* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7040@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7041@ifset Z8000
7042* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7043@end ifset
7044@ifset VAX
7045* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7046@end ifset
7047@end menu
7048
7049@lowersections
7050@end ifset
7051
7052@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7053@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7054@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7055@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7056@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7057@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7058@c in both conditional blocks.
7059
625e1353
RH
7060@ifset ALPHA
7061@include c-alpha.texi
7062@end ifset
7063
7064@ifset ARC
7065@include c-arc.texi
7066@end ifset
7067
252b5132
RH
7068@ifset ARM
7069@include c-arm.texi
7070@end ifset
7071
8473f7a4
DC
7072@ifset AVR
7073@include c-avr.texi
7074@end ifset
7075
3b4e1885 7076@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7077@include c-bfin.texi
7078@end ifset
7079
3d3d428f
NC
7080@ifset CR16
7081@include c-cr16.texi
7082@end ifset
7083
328eb32e
HPN
7084@ifset CRIS
7085@include c-cris.texi
7086@end ifset
7087
c2dcd04e 7088@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7089@ifclear GENERIC
7090@node Machine Dependencies
7091@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7092
c2dcd04e 7093The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7094and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7095chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7096family.
7097
7098@menu
c2dcd04e 7099* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7100* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7101@end menu
7102@lowersections
7103@end ifclear
7104@end ifset
7105
7106@ifset D10V
7107@include c-d10v.texi
7108@end ifset
7109
7110@ifset D30V
7111@include c-d30v.texi
7112@end ifset
7113
cfb8c092
NC
7114@ifset EPIPHANY
7115@include c-epiphany.texi
7116@end ifset
7117
252b5132
RH
7118@ifset H8/300
7119@include c-h8300.texi
7120@end ifset
7121
252b5132
RH
7122@ifset HPPA
7123@include c-hppa.texi
7124@end ifset
7125
5b93d8bb
AM
7126@ifset I370
7127@include c-i370.texi
7128@end ifset
7129
252b5132
RH
7130@ifset I80386
7131@include c-i386.texi
7132@end ifset
7133
e3308d0d
JE
7134@ifset I860
7135@include c-i860.texi
7136@end ifset
7137
252b5132
RH
7138@ifset I960
7139@include c-i960.texi
7140@end ifset
7141
9e32ca89
NC
7142@ifset IA64
7143@include c-ia64.texi
7144@end ifset
7145
a40cbfa3
NC
7146@ifset IP2K
7147@include c-ip2k.texi
7148@end ifset
7149
84e94c90
NC
7150@ifset LM32
7151@include c-lm32.texi
7152@end ifset
7153
49f58d10
JB
7154@ifset M32C
7155@include c-m32c.texi
7156@end ifset
7157
ec694b89
NC
7158@ifset M32R
7159@include c-m32r.texi
7160@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7161
7162@ifset M680X0
7163@include c-m68k.texi
7164@end ifset
7165
60bcf0fa
NC
7166@ifset M68HC11
7167@include c-m68hc11.texi
7168@end ifset
7169
01642c12 7170@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7171@include c-microblaze.texi
7172@end ifset
7173
252b5132
RH
7174@ifset MIPS
7175@include c-mips.texi
7176@end ifset
7177
3c3bdf30
NC
7178@ifset MMIX
7179@include c-mmix.texi
7180@end ifset
7181
2469cfa2
NC
7182@ifset MSP430
7183@include c-msp430.texi
7184@end ifset
7185
252b5132
RH
7186@ifset NS32K
7187@include c-ns32k.texi
7188@end ifset
7189
e135f41b
NC
7190@ifset PDP11
7191@include c-pdp11.texi
7192@end ifset
7193
041dd5a9
ILT
7194@ifset PJ
7195@include c-pj.texi
7196@end ifset
7197
418c1742
MG
7198@ifset PPC
7199@include c-ppc.texi
7200@end ifset
7201
99c513f6
DD
7202@ifset RL78
7203@include c-rl78.texi
7204@end ifset
7205
046d31c2
NC
7206@ifset RX
7207@include c-rx.texi
7208@end ifset
7209
11c19e16
MS
7210@ifset S390
7211@include c-s390.texi
7212@end ifset
7213
c0157db4
NC
7214@ifset SCORE
7215@include c-score.texi
7216@end ifset
7217
252b5132
RH
7218@ifset SH
7219@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7220@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7221@end ifset
7222
7223@ifset SPARC
7224@include c-sparc.texi
7225@end ifset
7226
39bec121
TW
7227@ifset TIC54X
7228@include c-tic54x.texi
7229@end ifset
7230
40b36596
JM
7231@ifset TIC6X
7232@include c-tic6x.texi
7233@end ifset
7234
aa137e4d
NC
7235@ifset TILEGX
7236@include c-tilegx.texi
7237@end ifset
7238
7239@ifset TILEPRO
7240@include c-tilepro.texi
7241@end ifset
7242
3c9b82ba
NC
7243@ifset Z80
7244@include c-z80.texi
7245@end ifset
7246
252b5132
RH
7247@ifset Z8000
7248@include c-z8k.texi
7249@end ifset
7250
7251@ifset VAX
7252@include c-vax.texi
7253@end ifset
7254
7255@ifset V850
7256@include c-v850.texi
7257@end ifset
7258
6753e72f
NC
7259@ifset XSTORMY16
7260@include c-xstormy16.texi
7261@end ifset
7262
e0001a05
NC
7263@ifset XTENSA
7264@include c-xtensa.texi
7265@end ifset
7266
252b5132
RH
7267@ifset GENERIC
7268@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7269@raisesections
7270@end ifset
7271
7272@node Reporting Bugs
7273@chapter Reporting Bugs
7274@cindex bugs in assembler
7275@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7276
a4fb0134 7277Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7278
7279Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7280not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7281entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7282Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7283
7284In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7285information that enables us to fix the bug.
7286
7287@menu
7288* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7289* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7290@end menu
7291
7292@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7293@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7294@cindex bug criteria
7295
7296If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7297
7298@itemize @bullet
7299@cindex fatal signal
7300@cindex assembler crash
7301@cindex crash of assembler
7302@item
7303If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7304@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7305
7306@cindex error on valid input
7307@item
a4fb0134 7308If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7309
7310@cindex invalid input
7311@item
a4fb0134 7312If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7313is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7314be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7315
7316@item
7317If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7318of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7319@end itemize
7320
7321@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7322@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7323@cindex bug reports
7324@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7325
7326A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7327you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7328contact that organization first.
7329
7330You can find contact information for many support companies and
7331individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7332distribution.
7333
ad22bfe8 7334@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7335In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7336to @value{BUGURL}.
7337@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7338
7339The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7340@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7341fact or leave it out, state it!
7342
7343Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7344and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7345name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7346not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7347happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7348perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7349the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7350give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7351and the most helpful.
7352
7353Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7354it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7355that the bug has not been reported previously.
7356
7357Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7358bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7359respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7360You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7361
7362To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7363
7364@itemize @bullet
7365@item
a4fb0134 7366The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7367it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7368
7369Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7370the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7371
7372@item
a4fb0134 7373Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7374
7375@item
7376The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7377version number.
7378
7379@item
a4fb0134 7380What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7381``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7382
7383@item
7384The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7385observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7386all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7387
7388If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7389and then we might not encounter the bug.
7390
7391@item
7392A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7393the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7394high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7395when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7396the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7397file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7398@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7399
7400@item
7401A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7402incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7403
a4fb0134 7404Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7405will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7406notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7407make a mistake.
7408
7409Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7410explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7411@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7412library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7413would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7414would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7415expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7416observations.
7417
7418@item
a4fb0134 7419If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7420diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7421option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7422discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7423by line number.
7424
7425The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7426sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7427@end itemize
7428
7429Here are some things that are not necessary:
7430
7431@itemize @bullet
7432@item
7433A description of the envelope of the bug.
7434
7435Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7436which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7437changes will not affect it.
7438
7439This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7440will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7441with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7442We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7443
7444Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7445of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7446output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7447less time, and so on.
7448
7449However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7450report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7451
7452@item
7453A patch for the bug.
7454
7455A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7456the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7457a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7458to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7459
a4fb0134 7460Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7461construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7462the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7463one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7464
7465And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7466patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7467help us to understand.
7468
7469@item
7470A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7471
7472Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7473things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7474@end itemize
7475
7476@node Acknowledgements
7477@chapter Acknowledgements
7478
653cfe85 7479If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7480it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12
RM
7481maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7482@c (January 1994),
252b5132
RH
7483the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7484
7485Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7486more details?}
7487
7488Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7489information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7490extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7491
7492K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7493many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7494up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7495testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7496including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7497and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7498support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7499port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7500file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7501assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7502
7503Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7504in format-specific I/O modules.
7505
7506The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7507has done much work with it since.
7508
7509The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7510
7511Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7512
7513The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7514University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7515
7516Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7517(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7518(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7519support a.out format.
7520
7be1c489
AM
7521Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7522tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7523Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7524use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7525targets.
7526
7527John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7528simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7529updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7530fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7531remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7532cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7533required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7534
7535Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
753668k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7537added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7538PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7539
653cfe85 7540Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7541
7542Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7543
7544Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7545along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7546formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7547the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7548
7549Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7550Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7551Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7552Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7553and some initial 64-bit support).
7554
c1253627 7555Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7556
252b5132
RH
7557Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7558support for openVMS/Alpha.
7559
39bec121
TW
7560Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7561flavors.
7562
e0001a05 7563David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7564Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7565
252b5132
RH
7566Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7567configuration enhancements.
7568
84e94c90
NC
7569Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7570
252b5132
RH
7571Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7572you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7573want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7574intentionally leaving anyone out.
7575
793c5807
NC
7576@node GNU Free Documentation License
7577@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7578@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7579
370b66a1
CD
7580@node AS Index
7581@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7582
7583@printindex cp
7584
252b5132
RH
7585@bye
7586@c Local Variables:
7587@c fill-column: 79
7588@c End:
This page took 2.012612 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.